MyDugsiStart learning

Juz 7: read word by word, with audio

Juz 7 of 30 · begins with ۞ لَتَجِدَنَّ أَشَدَّ ٱلنَّاسِ عَدَٰوَةًۭ · 149 verses

It covers Surah Al-Ma'idah verses 82–120 and Surah Al-An'am verses 1–110. Read it verse by verse: the Arabic, a recitation you can repeat, the transliteration and English translation, then the meaning of every word.

Jump to: Al-Ma'idah 82 · Al-An'am 1

Surah Al-Ma'idah المائدة verses 82–120

Verse 82

۞ لَتَجِدَنَّ أَشَدَّ ٱلنَّاسِ عَدَٰوَةً لِّلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱلْيَهُودَ وَٱلَّذِينَ أَشْرَكُوا۟ ۖ وَلَتَجِدَنَّ أَقْرَبَهُم مَّوَدَّةً لِّلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّا نَصَـٰرَىٰ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّ مِنْهُمْ قِسِّيسِينَ وَرُهْبَانًا وَأَنَّهُمْ لَا يَسْتَكْبِرُونَ

Transliteration latajidanna ashadda l-nāsi ʿadāwatan lilladhīna āmanū l-yahūda wa-alladhīna ashrakū walatajidanna aqrabahum mawaddatan lilladhīna āmanū alladhīna qālū innā naṣārā dhālika bi-anna min'hum qissīsīna waruh'bānan wa-annahum lā yastakbirūna

English You will surely find the most intense of the people in animosity toward the believers [to be] the Jews and those who associate others with Allāh; and you will find the nearest of them in affection to the believers those who say, "We are Christians." That is because among them are priests and monks and because they are not arrogant.

  1. ۞ لَتَجِدَنَّlatajidannaSurely you will find
  2. أَشَدَّashaddastrongest
  3. ٱلنَّاسِl-nāsi(of) the people
  4. عَدَٰوَةًۭʿadāwatan(in) enmity
  5. لِّلَّذِينَlilladhīnato those who
  6. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  7. ٱلْيَهُودَl-yahūdathe Jews
  8. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaand those who
  9. أَشْرَكُوا۟ ۖashrakū(are) polytheists
  10. وَلَتَجِدَنَّwalatajidannaand surely you will find
  11. أَقْرَبَهُمaqrabahumnearest of them
  12. مَّوَدَّةًۭmawaddatan(in) affection
  13. لِّلَّذِينَlilladhīnato those who
  14. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  15. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  16. قَالُوٓا۟qālūsay
  17. إِنَّاinnāWe
  18. نَصَـٰرَىٰ ۚnaṣārā(are) Christians
  19. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat (is)
  20. بِأَنَّbi-annabecause
  21. مِنْهُمْmin'humamong them
  22. قِسِّيسِينَqissīsīna(are) priests
  23. وَرُهْبَانًۭاwaruh'bānanand monks
  24. وَأَنَّهُمْwa-annahumand that they
  25. لَاlā(are) not
  26. يَسْتَكْبِرُونَyastakbirūnaarrogant

Verse 83

وَإِذَا سَمِعُوا۟ مَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَى ٱلرَّسُولِ تَرَىٰٓ أَعْيُنَهُمْ تَفِيضُ مِنَ ٱلدَّمْعِ مِمَّا عَرَفُوا۟ مِنَ ٱلْحَقِّ ۖ يَقُولُونَ رَبَّنَآ ءَامَنَّا فَٱكْتُبْنَا مَعَ ٱلشَّـٰهِدِينَ

Transliteration wa-idhā samiʿū mā unzila ilā l-rasūli tarā aʿyunahum tafīḍu mina l-damʿi mimmā ʿarafū mina l-ḥaqi yaqūlūna rabbanā āmannā fa-uk'tub'nā maʿa l-shāhidīna

English And when they hear what has been revealed to the Messenger, you see their eyes overflowing with tears because of what they have recognized of the truth. They say, "Our Lord, we have believed, so register us among the witnesses.

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. سَمِعُوا۟samiʿūthey listen
  3. مَآmā(to) what
  4. أُنزِلَunzilahas been revealed
  5. إِلَىilāto
  6. ٱلرَّسُولِl-rasūlithe Messenger
  7. تَرَىٰٓtarāyou see
  8. أَعْيُنَهُمْaʿyunahumtheir eyes
  9. تَفِيضُtafīḍuoverflowing
  10. مِنَminawith
  11. ٱلدَّمْعِl-damʿithe tears
  12. مِمَّاmimmāfor what
  13. عَرَفُوا۟ʿarafūthey recognized
  14. مِنَminaof
  15. ٱلْحَقِّ ۖl-ḥaqithe truth
  16. يَقُولُونَyaqūlūnaThey say
  17. رَبَّنَآrabbanāOur Lord
  18. ءَامَنَّاāmannāwe have believed
  19. فَٱكْتُبْنَاfa-uk'tub'nāso write us
  20. مَعَmaʿawith
  21. ٱلشَّـٰهِدِينَl-shāhidīnathe witnesses

Verse 84

وَمَا لَنَا لَا نُؤْمِنُ بِٱللَّهِ وَمَا جَآءَنَا مِنَ ٱلْحَقِّ وَنَطْمَعُ أَن يُدْخِلَنَا رَبُّنَا مَعَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَ

Transliteration wamā lanā lā nu'minu bil-lahi wamā jāanā mina l-ḥaqi wanaṭmaʿu an yud'khilanā rabbunā maʿa l-qawmi l-ṣāliḥīna

English And why should we not believe in Allāh and what has come to us of the truth? And we aspire that our Lord will admit us [to Paradise] with the righteous people."

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd what
  2. لَنَاlanāfor us (that)
  3. لَاlānot
  4. نُؤْمِنُnu'minuwe believe
  5. بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiin Allah
  6. وَمَاwamāand what
  7. جَآءَنَاjāanācame (to) us
  8. مِنَminafrom
  9. ٱلْحَقِّl-ḥaqithe truth
  10. وَنَطْمَعُwanaṭmaʿuAnd we hope
  11. أَنanthat
  12. يُدْخِلَنَاyud'khilanāwill admit us
  13. رَبُّنَاrabbunāour Lord
  14. مَعَmaʿawith
  15. ٱلْقَوْمِl-qawmithe people
  16. ٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَl-ṣāliḥīnathe righteous

Verse 85

فَأَثَـٰبَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِمَا قَالُوا۟ جَنَّـٰتٍ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرُ خَـٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا ۚ وَذَٰلِكَ جَزَآءُ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ

Transliteration fa-athābahumu l-lahu bimā qālū jannātin tajrī min taḥtihā l-anhāru khālidīna fīhā wadhālika jazāu l-muḥ'sinīna

English So Allāh rewarded them for what they said with gardens [in Paradise] beneath which rivers flow, wherein they abide eternally. And that is the reward of doers of good.

  1. فَأَثَـٰبَهُمُfa-athābahumuSo rewarded them
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  3. بِمَاbimāfor what
  4. قَالُوا۟qālūthey said
  5. جَنَّـٰتٍۢjannātin(with) Gardens
  6. تَجْرِىtajrīflows
  7. مِنminfrom
  8. تَحْتِهَاtaḥtihāunderneath them
  9. ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرُl-anhāruthe rivers
  10. خَـٰلِدِينَkhālidīnawill abide forever
  11. فِيهَا ۚfīhāin it
  12. وَذَٰلِكَwadhālikaAnd that
  13. جَزَآءُjazāu(is the) reward
  14. ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَl-muḥ'sinīna(of) the good-doers

Verse 86

وَٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَكَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَآ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَـٰبُ ٱلْجَحِيمِ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna kafarū wakadhabū biāyātinā ulāika aṣḥābu l-jaḥīmi

English But those who disbelieved and denied Our signs - they are the companions of Hellfire.

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  3. وَكَذَّبُوا۟wakadhabūand denied
  4. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَآbiāyātināOur Signs
  5. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikathose
  6. أَصْحَـٰبُaṣḥābu(are the) companions
  7. ٱلْجَحِيمِl-jaḥīmi(of) the Hellfire

Verse 87

يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تُحَرِّمُوا۟ طَيِّبَـٰتِ مَآ أَحَلَّ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمْ وَلَا تَعْتَدُوٓا۟ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُعْتَدِينَ

Transliteration yāayyuhā alladhīna āmanū lā tuḥarrimū ṭayyibāti mā aḥalla l-lahu lakum walā taʿtadū inna l-laha lā yuḥibbu l-muʿ'tadīna

English O you who have believed, do not prohibit the good things which Allāh has made lawful to you and do not transgress. Indeed, Allāh does not like transgressors.

  1. يَـٰٓأَيُّهَاyāayyuhāO you
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnawho
  3. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  4. لَاlā(Do) not
  5. تُحَرِّمُوا۟tuḥarrimūmake unlawful
  6. طَيِّبَـٰتِṭayyibāti(the) good things
  7. مَآmā(of) what
  8. أَحَلَّaḥallahas (been) made lawful
  9. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
  10. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  11. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  12. تَعْتَدُوٓا۟ ۚtaʿtadūtransgress
  13. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  14. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  15. لَاlā(does) not
  16. يُحِبُّyuḥibbulove
  17. ٱلْمُعْتَدِينَl-muʿ'tadīnathe transgressors

Verse 88

وَكُلُوا۟ مِمَّا رَزَقَكُمُ ٱللَّهُ حَلَـٰلًا طَيِّبًا ۚ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنتُم بِهِۦ مُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration wakulū mimmā razaqakumu l-lahu ḥalālan ṭayyiban wa-ittaqū l-laha alladhī antum bihi mu'minūna

English And eat of what Allāh has provided for you [which is] lawful and good. And fear Allāh, in whom you are believers.

  1. وَكُلُوا۟wakulūAnd eat
  2. مِمَّاmimmāof what
  3. رَزَقَكُمُrazaqakumuhas provided you
  4. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  5. حَلَـٰلًۭاḥalālanlawful
  6. طَيِّبًۭا ۚṭayyibangood
  7. وَٱتَّقُوا۟wa-ittaqūAnd fear
  8. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  9. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhīthe One
  10. أَنتُمantumyou (are)
  11. بِهِۦbihiin Him
  12. مُؤْمِنُونَmu'minūnabelievers

Verse 89

لَا يُؤَاخِذُكُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِٱللَّغْوِ فِىٓ أَيْمَـٰنِكُمْ وَلَـٰكِن يُؤَاخِذُكُم بِمَا عَقَّدتُّمُ ٱلْأَيْمَـٰنَ ۖ فَكَفَّـٰرَتُهُۥٓ إِطْعَامُ عَشَرَةِ مَسَـٰكِينَ مِنْ أَوْسَطِ مَا تُطْعِمُونَ أَهْلِيكُمْ أَوْ كِسْوَتُهُمْ أَوْ تَحْرِيرُ رَقَبَةٍ ۖ فَمَن لَّمْ يَجِدْ فَصِيَامُ ثَلَـٰثَةِ أَيَّامٍ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ كَفَّـٰرَةُ أَيْمَـٰنِكُمْ إِذَا حَلَفْتُمْ ۚ وَٱحْفَظُوٓا۟ أَيْمَـٰنَكُمْ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ يُبَيِّنُ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمْ ءَايَـٰتِهِۦ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَشْكُرُونَ

Transliteration lā yuākhidhukumu l-lahu bil-laghwi fī aymānikum walākin yuākhidhukum bimā ʿaqqadttumu l-aymāna fakaffāratuhu iṭ'ʿāmu ʿasharati masākīna min awsaṭi mā tuṭ'ʿimūna ahlīkum aw kis'watuhum aw taḥrīru raqabatin faman lam yajid faṣiyāmu thalāthati ayyāmin dhālika kaffāratu aymānikum idhā ḥalaftum wa-iḥ'faẓū aymānakum kadhālika yubayyinu l-lahu lakum āyātihi laʿallakum tashkurūna

English Allāh will not impose blame upon you for what is meaningless in your oaths, but He will impose blame upon you for [breaking] what you intended of oaths. So its expiation is the feeding of ten needy people from the average of that which you feed your [own] families or clothing them or the freeing of a slave. But whoever cannot find [or afford it] - then a fast of three days [is required]. That is the expiation for oaths when you have sworn. But guard your oaths. Thus does Allāh make clear to you His verses [i.e., revealed law] that you may be grateful.

  1. لَاlāNot
  2. يُؤَاخِذُكُمُyuākhidhukumuwill call you to account
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  4. بِٱللَّغْوِbil-laghwifor the thoughtless utterances
  5. فِىٓfīin
  6. أَيْمَـٰنِكُمْaymānikumyour oaths
  7. وَلَـٰكِنwalākinbut
  8. يُؤَاخِذُكُمyuākhidhukumHe will call you to account
  9. بِمَاbimāfor what
  10. عَقَّدتُّمُʿaqqadttumuyou contracted
  11. ٱلْأَيْمَـٰنَ ۖl-aymāna(of) the oath
  12. فَكَفَّـٰرَتُهُۥٓfakaffāratuhuSo its expiation
  13. إِطْعَامُiṭ'ʿāmu(is) feeding
  14. عَشَرَةِʿasharati(of) ten
  15. مَسَـٰكِينَmasākīnaneedy people
  16. مِنْminof
  17. أَوْسَطِawsaṭiaverage
  18. مَاmā(of) what
  19. تُطْعِمُونَtuṭ'ʿimūnayou feed
  20. أَهْلِيكُمْahlīkumyour families
  21. أَوْawor
  22. كِسْوَتُهُمْkis'watuhumclothing them
  23. أَوْawor
  24. تَحْرِيرُtaḥrīrufreeing
  25. رَقَبَةٍۢ ۖraqabatina slave
  26. فَمَنfamanBut whoever
  27. لَّمْlam(does) not
  28. يَجِدْyajidfind
  29. فَصِيَامُfaṣiyāmu(that), then fasting
  30. ثَلَـٰثَةِthalāthati(for) three
  31. أَيَّامٍۢ ۚayyāmindays
  32. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  33. كَفَّـٰرَةُkaffāratu(is the) expiation
  34. أَيْمَـٰنِكُمْaymānikum(of) your oaths
  35. إِذَاidhāwhen
  36. حَلَفْتُمْ ۚḥalaftumyou have sworn
  37. وَٱحْفَظُوٓا۟wa-iḥ'faẓūAnd guard
  38. أَيْمَـٰنَكُمْ ۚaymānakumyour oaths
  39. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  40. يُبَيِّنُyubayyinumakes clear
  41. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  42. لَكُمْlakumto you
  43. ءَايَـٰتِهِۦāyātihiHis Verses
  44. لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
  45. تَشْكُرُونَtashkurūna(be) grateful

Verse 90

يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ إِنَّمَا ٱلْخَمْرُ وَٱلْمَيْسِرُ وَٱلْأَنصَابُ وَٱلْأَزْلَـٰمُ رِجْسٌ مِّنْ عَمَلِ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنِ فَٱجْتَنِبُوهُ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُفْلِحُونَ

Transliteration yāayyuhā alladhīna āmanū innamā l-khamru wal-maysiru wal-anṣābu wal-azlāmu rij'sun min ʿamali l-shayṭāni fa-ij'tanibūhu laʿallakum tuf'liḥūna

English O you who have believed, indeed, intoxicants, gambling, [sacrificing on] stone alters [to other than Allāh], and divining arrows are but defilement from the work of Satan, so avoid it that you may be successful.

  1. يَـٰٓأَيُّهَاyāayyuhāO you
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnawho
  3. ءَامَنُوٓا۟āmanūbelieve
  4. إِنَّمَاinnamāVerily
  5. ٱلْخَمْرُl-khamruthe intoxicants
  6. وَٱلْمَيْسِرُwal-maysiruand [the] games of chance
  7. وَٱلْأَنصَابُwal-anṣābuand (sacrifices at) altars
  8. وَٱلْأَزْلَـٰمُwal-azlāmuand divining arrows
  9. رِجْسٌۭrij'sun(are an) abomination
  10. مِّنْminfrom
  11. عَمَلِʿamali(the) work
  12. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنِl-shayṭāni(of) the Shaitaan
  13. فَٱجْتَنِبُوهُfa-ij'tanibūhuso avoid it
  14. لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
  15. تُفْلِحُونَtuf'liḥūna(be) successful

Verse 91

إِنَّمَا يُرِيدُ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُ أَن يُوقِعَ بَيْنَكُمُ ٱلْعَدَٰوَةَ وَٱلْبَغْضَآءَ فِى ٱلْخَمْرِ وَٱلْمَيْسِرِ وَيَصُدَّكُمْ عَن ذِكْرِ ٱللَّهِ وَعَنِ ٱلصَّلَوٰةِ ۖ فَهَلْ أَنتُم مُّنتَهُونَ

Transliteration innamā yurīdu l-shayṭānu an yūqiʿa baynakumu l-ʿadāwata wal-baghḍāa fī l-khamri wal-maysiri wayaṣuddakum ʿan dhik'ri l-lahi waʿani l-ṣalati fahal antum muntahūna

English Satan only wants to cause between you animosity and hatred through intoxicants and gambling and to avert you from the remembrance of Allāh and from prayer. So will you not desist?

  1. إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  2. يُرِيدُyurīduintends
  3. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُl-shayṭānuthe Shaitaan
  4. أَنanto
  5. يُوقِعَyūqiʿacause
  6. بَيْنَكُمُbaynakumubetween you
  7. ٱلْعَدَٰوَةَl-ʿadāwata[the] enmity
  8. وَٱلْبَغْضَآءَwal-baghḍāaand [the] hatred
  9. فِىfīthrough
  10. ٱلْخَمْرِl-khamriintoxicants
  11. وَٱلْمَيْسِرِwal-maysiriand gambling
  12. وَيَصُدَّكُمْwayaṣuddakumand hinders you
  13. عَنʿanfrom
  14. ذِكْرِdhik'ri(the) remembrance
  15. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  16. وَعَنِwaʿaniand from
  17. ٱلصَّلَوٰةِ ۖl-ṣalatithe prayer
  18. فَهَلْfahalSo will
  19. أَنتُمantumyou
  20. مُّنتَهُونَmuntahūna(be) the ones who abstain

Verse 92

وَأَطِيعُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُوا۟ ٱلرَّسُولَ وَٱحْذَرُوا۟ ۚ فَإِن تَوَلَّيْتُمْ فَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّمَا عَلَىٰ رَسُولِنَا ٱلْبَلَـٰغُ ٱلْمُبِينُ

Transliteration wa-aṭīʿū l-laha wa-aṭīʿū l-rasūla wa-iḥ'dharū fa-in tawallaytum fa-iʿ'lamū annamā ʿalā rasūlinā l-balāghu l-mubīnu

English And obey Allāh and obey the Messenger and beware. And if you turn away - then know that upon Our Messenger is only [the responsibility for] clear notification.

  1. وَأَطِيعُوا۟wa-aṭīʿūAnd obey
  2. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  3. وَأَطِيعُوا۟wa-aṭīʿūand obey
  4. ٱلرَّسُولَl-rasūlathe Messenger
  5. وَٱحْذَرُوا۟ ۚwa-iḥ'dharūand beware
  6. فَإِنfa-inAnd if
  7. تَوَلَّيْتُمْtawallaytumyou turn away
  8. فَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟fa-iʿ'lamūthen know
  9. أَنَّمَاannamāonly
  10. عَلَىٰʿalāupon
  11. رَسُولِنَاrasūlināOur Messenger
  12. ٱلْبَلَـٰغُl-balāghu(is to) convey (the Message)
  13. ٱلْمُبِينُl-mubīnuclearly

Verse 93

لَيْسَ عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ جُنَاحٌ فِيمَا طَعِمُوٓا۟ إِذَا مَا ٱتَّقَوا۟ وَّءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ ثُمَّ ٱتَّقَوا۟ وَّءَامَنُوا۟ ثُمَّ ٱتَّقَوا۟ وَّأَحْسَنُوا۟ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ

Transliteration laysa ʿalā alladhīna āmanū waʿamilū l-ṣāliḥāti junāḥun fīmā ṭaʿimū idhā mā ittaqaw waāmanū waʿamilū l-ṣāliḥāti thumma ittaqaw waāmanū thumma ittaqaw wa-aḥsanū wal-lahu yuḥibbu l-muḥ'sinīna

English There is not upon those who believe and do righteousness [any] blame concerning what they have eaten [in the past] if they [now] fear Allāh and believe and do righteous deeds, and then fear Allāh and believe, and then fear Allāh and do good; and Allāh loves the doers of good.

  1. لَيْسَlaysaNot
  2. عَلَىʿalāon
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  5. وَعَمِلُوا۟waʿamilūand do
  6. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِl-ṣāliḥātithe good deeds
  7. جُنَاحٌۭjunāḥunany sin
  8. فِيمَاfīmāfor what
  9. طَعِمُوٓا۟ṭaʿimūthey ate
  10. إِذَاidhāwhen
  11. مَاmāthat
  12. ٱتَّقَوا۟ittaqawthey fear (Allah)
  13. وَّءَامَنُوا۟waāmanūand they believe
  14. وَعَمِلُوا۟waʿamilūand they do
  15. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِl-ṣāliḥāti[the] good deeds
  16. ثُمَّthummathen
  17. ٱتَّقَوا۟ittaqawthey fear (Allah)
  18. وَّءَامَنُوا۟waāmanūand believe
  19. ثُمَّthummathen
  20. ٱتَّقَوا۟ittaqawthey fear (Allah)
  21. وَّأَحْسَنُوا۟ ۗwa-aḥsanūand do good
  22. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuand Allah
  23. يُحِبُّyuḥibbuloves
  24. ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَl-muḥ'sinīnathe good-doers

Verse 94

يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَيَبْلُوَنَّكُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِشَىْءٍ مِّنَ ٱلصَّيْدِ تَنَالُهُۥٓ أَيْدِيكُمْ وَرِمَاحُكُمْ لِيَعْلَمَ ٱللَّهُ مَن يَخَافُهُۥ بِٱلْغَيْبِ ۚ فَمَنِ ٱعْتَدَىٰ بَعْدَ ذَٰلِكَ فَلَهُۥ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ

Transliteration yāayyuhā alladhīna āmanū layabluwannakumu l-lahu bishayin mina l-ṣaydi tanāluhu aydīkum warimāḥukum liyaʿlama l-lahu man yakhāfuhu bil-ghaybi famani iʿ'tadā baʿda dhālika falahu ʿadhābun alīmun

English O you who have believed, Allāh will surely test you through something of the game that your hands and spears [can] reach, that Allāh may make evident those who fear Him unseen. And whoever transgresses after that - for him is a painful punishment.

  1. يَـٰٓأَيُّهَاyāayyuhāO you
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnawho
  3. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  4. لَيَبْلُوَنَّكُمُlayabluwannakumuSurely will test you
  5. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  6. بِشَىْءٍۢbishayinthrough something
  7. مِّنَminaof
  8. ٱلصَّيْدِl-ṣaydithe game
  9. تَنَالُهُۥٓtanāluhucan reach it
  10. أَيْدِيكُمْaydīkumyour hands
  11. وَرِمَاحُكُمْwarimāḥukumand your spears
  12. لِيَعْلَمَliyaʿlamathat may make evident
  13. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  14. مَنmanwho
  15. يَخَافُهُۥyakhāfuhufears Him
  16. بِٱلْغَيْبِ ۚbil-ghaybiin the unseen
  17. فَمَنِfamaniAnd whoever
  18. ٱعْتَدَىٰiʿ'tadātransgressed
  19. بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
  20. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  21. فَلَهُۥfalahuthen for him
  22. عَذَابٌʿadhābun(is) a punishment
  23. أَلِيمٌۭalīmunpainful

Verse 95

يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَقْتُلُوا۟ ٱلصَّيْدَ وَأَنتُمْ حُرُمٌ ۚ وَمَن قَتَلَهُۥ مِنكُم مُّتَعَمِّدًا فَجَزَآءٌ مِّثْلُ مَا قَتَلَ مِنَ ٱلنَّعَمِ يَحْكُمُ بِهِۦ ذَوَا عَدْلٍ مِّنكُمْ هَدْيًۢا بَـٰلِغَ ٱلْكَعْبَةِ أَوْ كَفَّـٰرَةٌ طَعَامُ مَسَـٰكِينَ أَوْ عَدْلُ ذَٰلِكَ صِيَامًا لِّيَذُوقَ وَبَالَ أَمْرِهِۦ ۗ عَفَا ٱللَّهُ عَمَّا سَلَفَ ۚ وَمَنْ عَادَ فَيَنتَقِمُ ٱللَّهُ مِنْهُ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَزِيزٌ ذُو ٱنتِقَامٍ

Transliteration yāayyuhā alladhīna āmanū lā taqtulū l-ṣayda wa-antum ḥurumun waman qatalahu minkum mutaʿammidan fajazāon mith'lu mā qatala mina l-naʿami yaḥkumu bihi dhawā ʿadlin minkum hadyan bāligha l-kaʿbati aw kaffāratun ṭaʿāmu masākīna aw ʿadlu dhālika ṣiyāman liyadhūqa wabāla amrihi ʿafā l-lahu ʿammā salafa waman ʿāda fayantaqimu l-lahu min'hu wal-lahu ʿazīzun dhū intiqāmin

English O you who have believed, do not kill game while you are in the state of iḥrām. And whoever of you kills it intentionally - the penalty is an equivalent from sacrificial animals to what he killed, as judged by two just men among you as an offering [to Allāh] delivered to the Kaʿbah, or an expiation: the feeding of needy people or the equivalent of that in fasting, that he may taste the consequence of his matter [i.e., deed]. Allāh has pardoned what is past; but whoever returns [to violation], then Allāh will take retribution from him. And Allāh is Exalted in Might and Owner of Retribution.

  1. يَـٰٓأَيُّهَاyāayyuhāO you
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnawho
  3. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  4. لَاlā(Do) not
  5. تَقْتُلُوا۟taqtulūkill
  6. ٱلصَّيْدَl-ṣaydathe game
  7. وَأَنتُمْwa-antumwhile you
  8. حُرُمٌۭ ۚḥurumun(are in) Ihram
  9. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  10. قَتَلَهُۥqatalahukilled it
  11. مِنكُمminkumamong you
  12. مُّتَعَمِّدًۭاmutaʿammidanintentionally
  13. فَجَزَآءٌۭfajazāonthen penalty
  14. مِّثْلُmith'lu(is) similar
  15. مَاmā(to) what
  16. قَتَلَqatalahe killed
  17. مِنَminaof
  18. ٱلنَّعَمِl-naʿamithe cattle
  19. يَحْكُمُyaḥkumujudging
  20. بِهِۦbihiit
  21. ذَوَاdhawātwo men
  22. عَدْلٍۢʿadlinjust
  23. مِّنكُمْminkumamong you
  24. هَدْيًۢاhadyan(as) an offering
  25. بَـٰلِغَbālighareaching
  26. ٱلْكَعْبَةِl-kaʿbatithe Kabah
  27. أَوْawor
  28. كَفَّـٰرَةٌۭkaffāratunan expiation
  29. طَعَامُṭaʿāmufeeding
  30. مَسَـٰكِينَmasākīnaneedy people
  31. أَوْawor
  32. عَدْلُʿadluequivalent
  33. ذَٰلِكَdhālika(of) that
  34. صِيَامًۭاṣiyāman(in) fasting
  35. لِّيَذُوقَliyadhūqathat he may taste
  36. وَبَالَwabāla(the) consequence
  37. أَمْرِهِۦ ۗamrihi(of) his deed
  38. عَفَاʿafāPardoned
  39. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
  40. عَمَّاʿammāwhat
  41. سَلَفَ ۚsalafa(has) passed
  42. وَمَنْwamanbut whoever
  43. عَادَʿādareturned
  44. فَيَنتَقِمُfayantaqimuthen will take retribution
  45. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  46. مِنْهُ ۗmin'hufrom him
  47. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  48. عَزِيزٌۭʿazīzun(is) All-Mighty
  49. ذُوdhūOwner
  50. ٱنتِقَامٍintiqāmin(of) Retribution

Verse 96

أُحِلَّ لَكُمْ صَيْدُ ٱلْبَحْرِ وَطَعَامُهُۥ مَتَـٰعًا لَّكُمْ وَلِلسَّيَّارَةِ ۖ وَحُرِّمَ عَلَيْكُمْ صَيْدُ ٱلْبَرِّ مَا دُمْتُمْ حُرُمًا ۗ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ ٱلَّذِىٓ إِلَيْهِ تُحْشَرُونَ

Transliteration uḥilla lakum ṣaydu l-baḥri waṭaʿāmuhu matāʿan lakum walilssayyārati waḥurrima ʿalaykum ṣaydu l-bari mā dum'tum ḥuruman wa-ittaqū l-laha alladhī ilayhi tuḥ'sharūna

English Lawful to you is game from the sea and its food as provision for you and the travelers, but forbidden to you is game from the land as long as you are in the state of iḥrām. And fear Allāh to whom you will be gathered.

  1. أُحِلَّuḥillaIs made lawful
  2. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  3. صَيْدُṣaydugame
  4. ٱلْبَحْرِl-baḥri(of) the sea
  5. وَطَعَامُهُۥwaṭaʿāmuhuand its food
  6. مَتَـٰعًۭاmatāʿan(as) provision
  7. لَّكُمْlakumfor you
  8. وَلِلسَّيَّارَةِ ۖwalilssayyāratiand for the travelers
  9. وَحُرِّمَwaḥurrimaand is made unlawful
  10. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumon you
  11. صَيْدُṣaydugame
  12. ٱلْبَرِّl-bari(of) the land
  13. مَاmāas
  14. دُمْتُمْdum'tumlong as you
  15. حُرُمًۭا ۗḥuruman(are in) Ihram
  16. وَٱتَّقُوا۟wa-ittaqūAnd be conscious
  17. ٱللَّهَl-laha(of) Allah
  18. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhīthe One
  19. إِلَيْهِilayhito Him
  20. تُحْشَرُونَtuḥ'sharūnayou will be gathered

Verse 97

۞ جَعَلَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْكَعْبَةَ ٱلْبَيْتَ ٱلْحَرَامَ قِيَـٰمًا لِّلنَّاسِ وَٱلشَّهْرَ ٱلْحَرَامَ وَٱلْهَدْىَ وَٱلْقَلَـٰٓئِدَ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ لِتَعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَعْلَمُ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ عَلِيمٌ

Transliteration jaʿala l-lahu l-kaʿbata l-bayta l-ḥarāma qiyāman lilnnāsi wal-shahra l-ḥarāma wal-hadya wal-qalāida dhālika litaʿlamū anna l-laha yaʿlamu mā fī l-samāwāti wamā fī l-arḍi wa-anna l-laha bikulli shayin ʿalīmun

English Allāh has made the Kaʿbah, the Sacred House, standing for the people and [has sanctified] the sacred months and the sacrificial animals and the garlands [by which they are identified]. That is so you may know that Allāh knows what is in the heavens and what is in the earth and that Allāh is Knowing of all things.

  1. ۞ جَعَلَjaʿalaHas (been) made
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
  3. ٱلْكَعْبَةَl-kaʿbatathe Kabah
  4. ٱلْبَيْتَl-baytathe House
  5. ٱلْحَرَامَl-ḥarāmathe Sacred
  6. قِيَـٰمًۭاqiyāmanan establishment
  7. لِّلنَّاسِlilnnāsifor mankind
  8. وَٱلشَّهْرَwal-shahraand the month(s)
  9. ٱلْحَرَامَl-ḥarāma[the] sacred
  10. وَٱلْهَدْىَwal-hadyaand the (animals) for offering
  11. وَٱلْقَلَـٰٓئِدَ ۚwal-qalāidaand the garlands
  12. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat (is)
  13. لِتَعْلَمُوٓا۟litaʿlamūso that you may know
  14. أَنَّannathat
  15. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  16. يَعْلَمُyaʿlamuknows
  17. مَاmāwhat
  18. فِىfī(is) in
  19. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  20. وَمَاwamāand what
  21. فِىfī(is) in
  22. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  23. وَأَنَّwa-annaand that
  24. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  25. بِكُلِّbikulliof every
  26. شَىْءٍshayinthing
  27. عَلِيمٌʿalīmun(is) All-Knowing

Verse 98

ٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ شَدِيدُ ٱلْعِقَابِ وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Transliteration iʿ'lamū anna l-laha shadīdu l-ʿiqābi wa-anna l-laha ghafūrun raḥīmun

English Know that Allāh is severe in penalty and that Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful.

  1. ٱعْلَمُوٓا۟iʿ'lamūKnow
  2. أَنَّannathat
  3. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  4. شَدِيدُshadīdu(is) severe
  5. ٱلْعِقَابِl-ʿiqābi(in) punishment
  6. وَأَنَّwa-annaand that
  7. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  8. غَفُورٌۭghafūrun(is) Oft-Forgiving
  9. رَّحِيمٌۭraḥīmunMost Merciful

Verse 99

مَّا عَلَى ٱلرَّسُولِ إِلَّا ٱلْبَلَـٰغُ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ يَعْلَمُ مَا تُبْدُونَ وَمَا تَكْتُمُونَ

Transliteration mā ʿalā l-rasūli illā l-balāghu wal-lahu yaʿlamu mā tub'dūna wamā taktumūna

English Not upon the Messenger is [responsibility] except [for] notification. And Allāh knows whatever you reveal and whatever you conceal.

  1. مَّاmāNot
  2. عَلَىʿalāon
  3. ٱلرَّسُولِl-rasūlithe Messenger
  4. إِلَّاillāexcept
  5. ٱلْبَلَـٰغُ ۗl-balāghuthe conveyance
  6. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  7. يَعْلَمُyaʿlamuknows
  8. مَاmāwhat
  9. تُبْدُونَtub'dūnayou reveal
  10. وَمَاwamāand what
  11. تَكْتُمُونَtaktumūnayou conceal

Verse 100

قُل لَّا يَسْتَوِى ٱلْخَبِيثُ وَٱلطَّيِّبُ وَلَوْ أَعْجَبَكَ كَثْرَةُ ٱلْخَبِيثِ ۚ فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ يَـٰٓأُو۟لِى ٱلْأَلْبَـٰبِ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُفْلِحُونَ

Transliteration qul lā yastawī l-khabīthu wal-ṭayibu walaw aʿjabaka kathratu l-khabīthi fa-ittaqū l-laha yāulī l-albābi laʿallakum tuf'liḥūna

English Say, "Not equal are the evil and the good, although the abundance of evil might impress you." So fear Allāh, O you of understanding, that you may be successful.

  1. قُلqulSay
  2. لَّاlāNot
  3. يَسْتَوِىyastawī(are) equal
  4. ٱلْخَبِيثُl-khabīthuthe evil
  5. وَٱلطَّيِّبُwal-ṭayibuand the good
  6. وَلَوْwalaweven if
  7. أَعْجَبَكَaʿjabakaimpresses you
  8. كَثْرَةُkathratuabundance
  9. ٱلْخَبِيثِ ۚl-khabīthi(of) the evil
  10. فَٱتَّقُوا۟fa-ittaqūSo fear
  11. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  12. يَـٰٓأُو۟لِىyāulīO men
  13. ٱلْأَلْبَـٰبِl-albābi(of) understanding
  14. لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
  15. تُفْلِحُونَtuf'liḥūna(be) successful

Verse 101

يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَسْـَٔلُوا۟ عَنْ أَشْيَآءَ إِن تُبْدَ لَكُمْ تَسُؤْكُمْ وَإِن تَسْـَٔلُوا۟ عَنْهَا حِينَ يُنَزَّلُ ٱلْقُرْءَانُ تُبْدَ لَكُمْ عَفَا ٱللَّهُ عَنْهَا ۗ وَٱللَّهُ غَفُورٌ حَلِيمٌ

Transliteration yāayyuhā alladhīna āmanū lā tasalū ʿan ashyāa in tub'da lakum tasu'kum wa-in tasalū ʿanhā ḥīna yunazzalu l-qur'ānu tub'da lakum ʿafā l-lahu ʿanhā wal-lahu ghafūrun ḥalīmun

English O you who have believed, do not ask about things which, if they are shown to you, will distress you. But if you ask about them while the Qur’ān is being revealed, they will be shown to you. Allāh has pardoned it [i.e., that which is past]; and Allāh is Forgiving and Forbearing.

  1. يَـٰٓأَيُّهَاyāayyuhāO you
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnawho
  3. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  4. لَاlā(Do) not
  5. تَسْـَٔلُوا۟tasalūask
  6. عَنْʿanabout
  7. أَشْيَآءَashyāathings
  8. إِنinif
  9. تُبْدَtub'damade clear
  10. لَكُمْlakumto you
  11. تَسُؤْكُمْtasu'kumit may distress you
  12. وَإِنwa-inand if
  13. تَسْـَٔلُوا۟tasalūyou ask
  14. عَنْهَاʿanhāabout it
  15. حِينَḥīnawhen
  16. يُنَزَّلُyunazzaluis being revealed
  17. ٱلْقُرْءَانُl-qur'ānuthe Quran
  18. تُبْدَtub'dait would be made clear
  19. لَكُمْlakumto you
  20. عَفَاʿafāhas (been) pardoned
  21. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
  22. عَنْهَا ۗʿanhā[about] it
  23. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuand Allah
  24. غَفُورٌghafūrun(is) Oft-Forgiving
  25. حَلِيمٌۭḥalīmunAll-Forbearing

Verse 102

قَدْ سَأَلَهَا قَوْمٌ مِّن قَبْلِكُمْ ثُمَّ أَصْبَحُوا۟ بِهَا كَـٰفِرِينَ

Transliteration qad sa-alahā qawmun min qablikum thumma aṣbaḥū bihā kāfirīna

English A people asked such [questions] before you; then they became thereby disbelievers.

  1. قَدْqadIndeed
  2. سَأَلَهَاsa-alahāasked them
  3. قَوْمٌۭqawmuna people
  4. مِّنminfrom
  5. قَبْلِكُمْqablikumbefore you
  6. ثُمَّthummathen
  7. أَصْبَحُوا۟aṣbaḥūthey became
  8. بِهَاbihāthereby
  9. كَـٰفِرِينَkāfirīnadisbelievers

Verse 103

مَا جَعَلَ ٱللَّهُ مِنۢ بَحِيرَةٍ وَلَا سَآئِبَةٍ وَلَا وَصِيلَةٍ وَلَا حَامٍ ۙ وَلَـٰكِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ يَفْتَرُونَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ ٱلْكَذِبَ ۖ وَأَكْثَرُهُمْ لَا يَعْقِلُونَ

Transliteration mā jaʿala l-lahu min baḥīratin walā sāibatin walā waṣīlatin walā ḥāmin walākinna alladhīna kafarū yaftarūna ʿalā l-lahi l-kadhiba wa-aktharuhum lā yaʿqilūna

English Allāh has not appointed [such innovations as] baḥīrah or sā’ibah or waṣīlah or ḥām. But those who disbelieve invent falsehood about Allāh, and most of them do not reason.

  1. مَاmāNot
  2. جَعَلَjaʿalahas (been) made
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
  4. مِنۢminof
  5. بَحِيرَةٍۢbaḥīratina Bahirah
  6. وَلَاwalāand not
  7. سَآئِبَةٍۢsāibatina Saibah
  8. وَلَاwalāand not
  9. وَصِيلَةٍۢwaṣīlatina Wasilah
  10. وَلَاwalāand not
  11. حَامٍۢ ۙḥāmina Hami
  12. وَلَـٰكِنَّwalākinna[And] but
  13. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  14. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  15. يَفْتَرُونَyaftarūnathey invent
  16. عَلَىʿalāagainst
  17. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  18. ٱلْكَذِبَ ۖl-kadhibathe lie
  19. وَأَكْثَرُهُمْwa-aktharuhumand most of them
  20. لَاlā(do) not
  21. يَعْقِلُونَyaʿqilūnause reason

Verse 104

وَإِذَا قِيلَ لَهُمْ تَعَالَوْا۟ إِلَىٰ مَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ وَإِلَى ٱلرَّسُولِ قَالُوا۟ حَسْبُنَا مَا وَجَدْنَا عَلَيْهِ ءَابَآءَنَآ ۚ أَوَلَوْ كَانَ ءَابَآؤُهُمْ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ شَيْـًٔا وَلَا يَهْتَدُونَ

Transliteration wa-idhā qīla lahum taʿālaw ilā mā anzala l-lahu wa-ilā l-rasūli qālū ḥasbunā mā wajadnā ʿalayhi ābāanā awalaw kāna ābāuhum lā yaʿlamūna shayan walā yahtadūna

English And when it is said to them, "Come to what Allāh has revealed and to the Messenger," they say, "Sufficient for us is that upon which we found our fathers." Even though their fathers knew nothing, nor were they guided?

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. قِيلَqīlait is said
  3. لَهُمْlahumto them
  4. تَعَالَوْا۟taʿālawCome
  5. إِلَىٰilāto
  6. مَآmāwhat
  7. أَنزَلَanzalahas (been) revealed
  8. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
  9. وَإِلَىwa-ilāand to
  10. ٱلرَّسُولِl-rasūlithe Messenger
  11. قَالُوا۟qālūthey said
  12. حَسْبُنَاḥasbunāSufficient for us
  13. مَاmā(is) what
  14. وَجَدْنَاwajadnāwe found
  15. عَلَيْهِʿalayhiupon it
  16. ءَابَآءَنَآ ۚābāanāour forefathers
  17. أَوَلَوْawalawEven though
  18. كَانَkāna(that)
  19. ءَابَآؤُهُمْābāuhumtheir forefathers
  20. لَاlā(were) not
  21. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnaknowing
  22. شَيْـًۭٔاshayananything
  23. وَلَاwalāand not
  24. يَهْتَدُونَyahtadūnathey (were) guided

Verse 105

يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ عَلَيْكُمْ أَنفُسَكُمْ ۖ لَا يَضُرُّكُم مَّن ضَلَّ إِذَا ٱهْتَدَيْتُمْ ۚ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ مَرْجِعُكُمْ جَمِيعًا فَيُنَبِّئُكُم بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration yāayyuhā alladhīna āmanū ʿalaykum anfusakum lā yaḍurrukum man ḍalla idhā ih'tadaytum ilā l-lahi marjiʿukum jamīʿan fayunabbi-ukum bimā kuntum taʿmalūna

English O you who have believed, upon you is [responsibility for] yourselves. Those who have gone astray will not harm you when you have been guided. To Allāh is your return all together; then He will inform you of what you used to do.

  1. يَـٰٓأَيُّهَاyāayyuhāO you
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnawho
  3. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  4. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumUpon you
  5. أَنفُسَكُمْ ۖanfusakum(is to guard) yourselves
  6. لَاlāNot
  7. يَضُرُّكُمyaḍurrukumwill harm you
  8. مَّنman(those) who
  9. ضَلَّḍalla(have gone) astray
  10. إِذَاidhāwhen
  11. ٱهْتَدَيْتُمْ ۚih'tadaytumyou have been guided
  12. إِلَىilāTo
  13. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  14. مَرْجِعُكُمْmarjiʿukum(is) your return
  15. جَمِيعًۭاjamīʿanall
  16. فَيُنَبِّئُكُمfayunabbi-ukumthen He will inform you
  17. بِمَاbimāof what
  18. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
  19. تَعْمَلُونَtaʿmalūnado

Verse 106

يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ شَهَـٰدَةُ بَيْنِكُمْ إِذَا حَضَرَ أَحَدَكُمُ ٱلْمَوْتُ حِينَ ٱلْوَصِيَّةِ ٱثْنَانِ ذَوَا عَدْلٍ مِّنكُمْ أَوْ ءَاخَرَانِ مِنْ غَيْرِكُمْ إِنْ أَنتُمْ ضَرَبْتُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ فَأَصَـٰبَتْكُم مُّصِيبَةُ ٱلْمَوْتِ ۚ تَحْبِسُونَهُمَا مِنۢ بَعْدِ ٱلصَّلَوٰةِ فَيُقْسِمَانِ بِٱللَّهِ إِنِ ٱرْتَبْتُمْ لَا نَشْتَرِى بِهِۦ ثَمَنًا وَلَوْ كَانَ ذَا قُرْبَىٰ ۙ وَلَا نَكْتُمُ شَهَـٰدَةَ ٱللَّهِ إِنَّآ إِذًا لَّمِنَ ٱلْـَٔاثِمِينَ

Transliteration yāayyuhā alladhīna āmanū shahādatu baynikum idhā ḥaḍara aḥadakumu l-mawtu ḥīna l-waṣiyati ith'nāni dhawā ʿadlin minkum aw ākharāni min ghayrikum in antum ḍarabtum fī l-arḍi fa-aṣābatkum muṣībatu l-mawti taḥbisūnahumā min baʿdi l-ṣalati fayuq'simāni bil-lahi ini ir'tabtum lā nashtarī bihi thamanan walaw kāna dhā qur'bā walā naktumu shahādata l-lahi innā idhan lamina l-āthimīna

English O you who have believed, testimony [should be taken] among you when death approaches one of you at the time of bequest - [that of] two just men from among you or two others from outside if you are traveling through the land and the disaster of death should strike you. Detain them after the prayer and let them both swear by Allāh if you doubt [their testimony, saying], "We will not exchange it [i.e., our oath] for a price [i.e., worldly gain], even if he should be a near relative, and we will not withhold the testimony of [i.e., ordained by] Allāh. Indeed, we would then be of the sinful."

  1. يَـٰٓأَيُّهَاyāayyuhāO you
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnawho
  3. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  4. شَهَـٰدَةُshahādatu(Take) testimony
  5. بَيْنِكُمْbaynikumamong you
  6. إِذَاidhāwhen
  7. حَضَرَḥaḍaraapproaches
  8. أَحَدَكُمُaḥadakumuone of you
  9. ٱلْمَوْتُl-mawtu[the] death
  10. حِينَḥīna(at the) time (of making)
  11. ٱلْوَصِيَّةِl-waṣiyati[the] a will
  12. ٱثْنَانِith'nānitwo
  13. ذَوَاdhawāmen
  14. عَدْلٍۢʿadlinjust
  15. مِّنكُمْminkumamong you
  16. أَوْawor
  17. ءَاخَرَانِākharānitwo others
  18. مِنْminfrom
  19. غَيْرِكُمْghayrikumother than you
  20. إِنْinif
  21. أَنتُمْantumyou
  22. ضَرَبْتُمْḍarabtum(are) travel(ing)
  23. فِىfīin
  24. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  25. فَأَصَـٰبَتْكُمfa-aṣābatkumthen befalls you
  26. مُّصِيبَةُmuṣībatucalamity
  27. ٱلْمَوْتِ ۚl-mawti(of) [the] death
  28. تَحْبِسُونَهُمَاtaḥbisūnahumāDetain both of them
  29. مِنۢminfrom
  30. بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
  31. ٱلصَّلَوٰةِl-ṣalatithe prayer
  32. فَيُقْسِمَانِfayuq'simāniand let them both swear
  33. بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiby Allah
  34. إِنِiniif
  35. ٱرْتَبْتُمْir'tabtumyou doubt
  36. لَاlāNot
  37. نَشْتَرِىnashtarīwe will exchange
  38. بِهِۦbihiit for
  39. ثَمَنًۭاthamanana price
  40. وَلَوْwalaweven if
  41. كَانَkānahe is
  42. ذَاdhā(of)
  43. قُرْبَىٰ ۙqur'bāa near relative
  44. وَلَاwalāand not
  45. نَكْتُمُnaktumuwe will conceal
  46. شَهَـٰدَةَshahādatatestimony
  47. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  48. إِنَّآinnāIndeed, we
  49. إِذًۭاidhanthen
  50. لَّمِنَlamina(will) surely (be) of
  51. ٱلْـَٔاثِمِينَl-āthimīnathe sinners

Verse 107

فَإِنْ عُثِرَ عَلَىٰٓ أَنَّهُمَا ٱسْتَحَقَّآ إِثْمًا فَـَٔاخَرَانِ يَقُومَانِ مَقَامَهُمَا مِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسْتَحَقَّ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْأَوْلَيَـٰنِ فَيُقْسِمَانِ بِٱللَّهِ لَشَهَـٰدَتُنَآ أَحَقُّ مِن شَهَـٰدَتِهِمَا وَمَا ٱعْتَدَيْنَآ إِنَّآ إِذًا لَّمِنَ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration fa-in ʿuthira ʿalā annahumā is'taḥaqqā ith'man faākharāni yaqūmāni maqāmahumā mina alladhīna is'taḥaqqa ʿalayhimu l-awlayāni fayuq'simāni bil-lahi lashahādatunā aḥaqqu min shahādatihimā wamā iʿ'tadaynā innā idhan lamina l-ẓālimīna

English But if it is found that those two were guilty of sin [i.e., perjury], let two others stand in their place [who are] foremost [in claim] from those who have a lawful right. And let them swear by Allāh, "Our testimony is truer than their testimony, and we have not transgressed. Indeed, we would then be of the wrongdoers."

  1. فَإِنْfa-inThen if
  2. عُثِرَʿuthirait is discovered
  3. عَلَىٰٓʿalā(on)
  4. أَنَّهُمَاannahumāthat the two
  5. ٱسْتَحَقَّآis'taḥaqqā(were) guilty
  6. إِثْمًۭاith'man(of) sin
  7. فَـَٔاخَرَانِfaākharānithen (let) two others
  8. يَقُومَانِyaqūmānistand
  9. مَقَامَهُمَاmaqāmahumā(in) their place
  10. مِنَminafrom
  11. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  12. ٱسْتَحَقَّis'taḥaqqahave a lawful right
  13. عَلَيْهِمُʿalayhimuover them
  14. ٱلْأَوْلَيَـٰنِl-awlayānithe former two
  15. فَيُقْسِمَانِfayuq'simāniand let them both swear
  16. بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiby Allah
  17. لَشَهَـٰدَتُنَآlashahādatunāSurely our testimony
  18. أَحَقُّaḥaqqu(is) truer
  19. مِنminthan
  20. شَهَـٰدَتِهِمَاshahādatihimātestimony of the other two
  21. وَمَاwamāand not
  22. ٱعْتَدَيْنَآiʿ'tadaynāwe have transgressed
  23. إِنَّآinnāIndeed, we
  24. إِذًۭاidhanthen
  25. لَّمِنَlamina(will be) of
  26. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers

Verse 108

ذَٰلِكَ أَدْنَىٰٓ أَن يَأْتُوا۟ بِٱلشَّهَـٰدَةِ عَلَىٰ وَجْهِهَآ أَوْ يَخَافُوٓا۟ أَن تُرَدَّ أَيْمَـٰنٌۢ بَعْدَ أَيْمَـٰنِهِمْ ۗ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَٱسْمَعُوا۟ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ لَا يَهْدِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلْفَـٰسِقِينَ

Transliteration dhālika adnā an yatū bil-shahādati ʿalā wajhihā aw yakhāfū an turadda aymānun baʿda aymānihim wa-ittaqū l-laha wa-is'maʿū wal-lahu lā yahdī l-qawma l-fāsiqīna

English That is more likely that they will give testimony according to its [true] objective, or [at least] they would fear that [other] oaths might be taken after their oaths. And fear Allāh and listen [i.e., obey Him]; and Allāh does not guide the defiantly disobedient people.

  1. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  2. أَدْنَىٰٓadnā(is) closer
  3. أَنanthat
  4. يَأْتُوا۟yatūthey will give
  5. بِٱلشَّهَـٰدَةِbil-shahādatithe testimony
  6. عَلَىٰʿalāin
  7. وَجْهِهَآwajhihāits (true) form
  8. أَوْawor
  9. يَخَافُوٓا۟yakhāfūthey would fear
  10. أَنanthat
  11. تُرَدَّturaddawill be refuted
  12. أَيْمَـٰنٌۢaymānuntheir oaths
  13. بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
  14. أَيْمَـٰنِهِمْ ۗaymānihimtheir (others) oaths
  15. وَٱتَّقُوا۟wa-ittaqūAnd fear
  16. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  17. وَٱسْمَعُوا۟ ۗwa-is'maʿūand listen
  18. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuand Allah
  19. لَاlā(does) not
  20. يَهْدِىyahdīguide
  21. ٱلْقَوْمَl-qawmathe people
  22. ٱلْفَـٰسِقِينَl-fāsiqīnathe defiantly disobedient

Verse 109

۞ يَوْمَ يَجْمَعُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلرُّسُلَ فَيَقُولُ مَاذَآ أُجِبْتُمْ ۖ قَالُوا۟ لَا عِلْمَ لَنَآ ۖ إِنَّكَ أَنتَ عَلَّـٰمُ ٱلْغُيُوبِ

Transliteration yawma yajmaʿu l-lahu l-rusula fayaqūlu mādhā ujib'tum qālū lā ʿil'ma lanā innaka anta ʿallāmu l-ghuyūbi

English [Be warned of] the Day when Allāh will assemble the messengers and say, "What was the response you received?" They will say, "We have no knowledge. Indeed, it is You who is Knower of the unseen" -

  1. ۞ يَوْمَyawma(The) day
  2. يَجْمَعُyajmaʿuwill (be) gathered
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
  4. ٱلرُّسُلَl-rusulathe Messengers
  5. فَيَقُولُfayaqūluand He will say
  6. مَاذَآmādhāWhat
  7. أُجِبْتُمْ ۖujib'tumwas (the) response you received
  8. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  9. لَاlā(There is) no
  10. عِلْمَʿil'maknowledge
  11. لَنَآ ۖlanāfor us
  12. إِنَّكَinnakaIndeed You
  13. أَنتَantaYou
  14. عَلَّـٰمُʿallāmu(are the) Knower
  15. ٱلْغُيُوبِl-ghuyūbi(of) the unseen

Verse 110

إِذْ قَالَ ٱللَّهُ يَـٰعِيسَى ٱبْنَ مَرْيَمَ ٱذْكُرْ نِعْمَتِى عَلَيْكَ وَعَلَىٰ وَٰلِدَتِكَ إِذْ أَيَّدتُّكَ بِرُوحِ ٱلْقُدُسِ تُكَلِّمُ ٱلنَّاسَ فِى ٱلْمَهْدِ وَكَهْلًا ۖ وَإِذْ عَلَّمْتُكَ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ وَٱلْحِكْمَةَ وَٱلتَّوْرَىٰةَ وَٱلْإِنجِيلَ ۖ وَإِذْ تَخْلُقُ مِنَ ٱلطِّينِ كَهَيْـَٔةِ ٱلطَّيْرِ بِإِذْنِى فَتَنفُخُ فِيهَا فَتَكُونُ طَيْرًۢا بِإِذْنِى ۖ وَتُبْرِئُ ٱلْأَكْمَهَ وَٱلْأَبْرَصَ بِإِذْنِى ۖ وَإِذْ تُخْرِجُ ٱلْمَوْتَىٰ بِإِذْنِى ۖ وَإِذْ كَفَفْتُ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ عَنكَ إِذْ جِئْتَهُم بِٱلْبَيِّنَـٰتِ فَقَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِنْهُمْ إِنْ هَـٰذَآ إِلَّا سِحْرٌ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration idh qāla l-lahu yāʿīsā ib'na maryama udh'kur niʿ'matī ʿalayka waʿalā wālidatika idh ayyadttuka birūḥi l-qudusi tukallimu l-nāsa fī l-mahdi wakahlan wa-idh ʿallamtuka l-kitāba wal-ḥik'mata wal-tawrāta wal-injīla wa-idh takhluqu mina l-ṭīni kahayati l-ṭayri bi-idh'nī fatanfukhu fīhā fatakūnu ṭayran bi-idh'nī watub'ri-u l-akmaha wal-abraṣa bi-idh'nī wa-idh tukh'riju l-mawtā bi-idh'nī wa-idh kafaftu banī is'rāīla ʿanka idh ji'tahum bil-bayināti faqāla alladhīna kafarū min'hum in hādhā illā siḥ'run mubīnun

English [The Day] when Allāh will say, "O Jesus, Son of Mary, remember My favor upon you and upon your mother when I supported you with the Pure Spirit [i.e., the angel Gabriel] and you spoke to the people in the cradle and in maturity; and [remember] when I taught you writing and wisdom and the Torah and the Gospel; and when you designed from clay [what was] like the form of a bird with My permission, then you breathed into it, and it became a bird with My permission; and you healed the blind [from birth] and the leper with My permission; and when you brought forth the dead with My permission; and when I restrained the Children of Israel from [killing] you when you came to them with clear proofs and those who disbelieved among them said, "This is not but obvious magic."

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. قَالَqālasaid
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  4. يَـٰعِيسَىyāʿīsāO Isa
  5. ٱبْنَib'nason
  6. مَرْيَمَmaryama(of) Maryam
  7. ٱذْكُرْudh'kurRemember
  8. نِعْمَتِىniʿ'matīMy Favor
  9. عَلَيْكَʿalaykaupon you
  10. وَعَلَىٰwaʿalāand upon
  11. وَٰلِدَتِكَwālidatikayour mother
  12. إِذْidhwhen
  13. أَيَّدتُّكَayyadttukaI strengthened you
  14. بِرُوحِbirūḥiwith (the) Spirit
  15. ٱلْقُدُسِl-qudusithe Holy
  16. تُكَلِّمُtukallimuyou spoke
  17. ٱلنَّاسَl-nāsa(to) the people
  18. فِىfīin
  19. ٱلْمَهْدِl-mahdithe cradle
  20. وَكَهْلًۭا ۖwakahlanand (in) maturity
  21. وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
  22. عَلَّمْتُكَʿallamtukaI taught you
  23. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Book
  24. وَٱلْحِكْمَةَwal-ḥik'mataand the wisdom
  25. وَٱلتَّوْرَىٰةَwal-tawrātaand the Taurat
  26. وَٱلْإِنجِيلَ ۖwal-injīlaand the Injeel
  27. وَإِذْwa-idhand when
  28. تَخْلُقُtakhluquyou make
  29. مِنَminafrom
  30. ٱلطِّينِl-ṭīnithe clay
  31. كَهَيْـَٔةِkahayatilike the shape
  32. ٱلطَّيْرِl-ṭayri(of) the bird
  33. بِإِذْنِىbi-idh'nīby My permission
  34. فَتَنفُخُfatanfukhuthen you breath
  35. فِيهَاfīhāinto it
  36. فَتَكُونُfatakūnuand it becomes
  37. طَيْرًۢاṭayrana bird
  38. بِإِذْنِى ۖbi-idh'nīby My permission
  39. وَتُبْرِئُwatub'ri-uand you heal
  40. ٱلْأَكْمَهَl-akmahathe born blind
  41. وَٱلْأَبْرَصَwal-abraṣaand the leper
  42. بِإِذْنِى ۖbi-idh'nīby My permission
  43. وَإِذْwa-idhand when
  44. تُخْرِجُtukh'rijuyou bring forth
  45. ٱلْمَوْتَىٰl-mawtāthe dead
  46. بِإِذْنِى ۖbi-idh'nīby My permission
  47. وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
  48. كَفَفْتُkafaftuI restrained
  49. بَنِىٓbanī(the) Children
  50. إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīla(of) Israel
  51. عَنكَʿankafrom you
  52. إِذْidhwhen
  53. جِئْتَهُمji'tahumyou came to them
  54. بِٱلْبَيِّنَـٰتِbil-bayinātiwith the clear proofs
  55. فَقَالَfaqālathen said
  56. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  57. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  58. مِنْهُمْmin'humamong them
  59. إِنْinNot
  60. هَـٰذَآhādhā(is) this
  61. إِلَّاillābut
  62. سِحْرٌۭsiḥ'runmagic
  63. مُّبِينٌۭmubīnunclear

Verse 111

وَإِذْ أَوْحَيْتُ إِلَى ٱلْحَوَارِيِّـۧنَ أَنْ ءَامِنُوا۟ بِى وَبِرَسُولِى قَالُوٓا۟ ءَامَنَّا وَٱشْهَدْ بِأَنَّنَا مُسْلِمُونَ

Transliteration wa-idh awḥaytu ilā l-ḥawāriyīna an āminū bī wabirasūlī qālū āmannā wa-ish'had bi-annanā mus'limūna

English And [remember] when I inspired to the disciples, "Believe in Me and in My messenger [i.e., Jesus]." They said, "We have believed, so bear witness that indeed we are Muslims [in submission to Allāh]."

  1. وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
  2. أَوْحَيْتُawḥaytuI inspired
  3. إِلَىilāto
  4. ٱلْحَوَارِيِّـۧنَl-ḥawāriyīnathe disciples
  5. أَنْanto
  6. ءَامِنُوا۟āminūbelieve
  7. بِىbīin Me
  8. وَبِرَسُولِىwabirasūlīand in My Messenger
  9. قَالُوٓا۟qālūthey said
  10. ءَامَنَّاāmannāWe believe
  11. وَٱشْهَدْwa-ish'hadand bear witness
  12. بِأَنَّنَاbi-annanāthat indeed we
  13. مُسْلِمُونَmus'limūna(are) Muslims

Verse 112

إِذْ قَالَ ٱلْحَوَارِيُّونَ يَـٰعِيسَى ٱبْنَ مَرْيَمَ هَلْ يَسْتَطِيعُ رَبُّكَ أَن يُنَزِّلَ عَلَيْنَا مَآئِدَةً مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ ۖ قَالَ ٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration idh qāla l-ḥawāriyūna yāʿīsā ib'na maryama hal yastaṭīʿu rabbuka an yunazzila ʿalaynā māidatan mina l-samāi qāla ittaqū l-laha in kuntum mu'minīna

English [And remember] when the disciples said, "O Jesus, Son of Mary, can your Lord send down to us a table [spread with food] from the heaven?" [Jesus] said, "Fear Allāh, if you should be believers."

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. قَالَqālasaid
  3. ٱلْحَوَارِيُّونَl-ḥawāriyūnathe disciples
  4. يَـٰعِيسَىyāʿīsāO Isa
  5. ٱبْنَib'nason
  6. مَرْيَمَmaryama(of) Maryam
  7. هَلْhalIs
  8. يَسْتَطِيعُyastaṭīʿuable
  9. رَبُّكَrabbukayour Lord
  10. أَنanto
  11. يُنَزِّلَyunazzilasend down
  12. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāto us
  13. مَآئِدَةًۭmāidatana table spread
  14. مِّنَminafrom
  15. ٱلسَّمَآءِ ۖl-samāithe heaven
  16. قَالَqālaHe said
  17. ٱتَّقُوا۟ittaqūFear
  18. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  19. إِنinif
  20. كُنتُمkuntumyou are
  21. مُّؤْمِنِينَmu'minīnabelievers

Verse 113

قَالُوا۟ نُرِيدُ أَن نَّأْكُلَ مِنْهَا وَتَطْمَئِنَّ قُلُوبُنَا وَنَعْلَمَ أَن قَدْ صَدَقْتَنَا وَنَكُونَ عَلَيْهَا مِنَ ٱلشَّـٰهِدِينَ

Transliteration qālū nurīdu an nakula min'hā wataṭma-inna qulūbunā wanaʿlama an qad ṣadaqtanā wanakūna ʿalayhā mina l-shāhidīna

English They said, "We wish to eat from it and let our hearts be reassured and know that you have been truthful to us and be among its witnesses."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. نُرِيدُnurīduWe wish
  3. أَنanthat
  4. نَّأْكُلَnakulawe eat
  5. مِنْهَاmin'hāfrom it
  6. وَتَطْمَئِنَّwataṭma-innaand satisfy
  7. قُلُوبُنَاqulūbunāour hearts
  8. وَنَعْلَمَwanaʿlamaand we know
  9. أَنanthat
  10. قَدْqadcertainly
  11. صَدَقْتَنَاṣadaqtanāyou have spoken the truth to us
  12. وَنَكُونَwanakūnaand we be
  13. عَلَيْهَاʿalayhāover it
  14. مِنَminaamong
  15. ٱلشَّـٰهِدِينَl-shāhidīnathe witnesses

Verse 114

قَالَ عِيسَى ٱبْنُ مَرْيَمَ ٱللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَآ أَنزِلْ عَلَيْنَا مَآئِدَةً مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ تَكُونُ لَنَا عِيدًا لِّأَوَّلِنَا وَءَاخِرِنَا وَءَايَةً مِّنكَ ۖ وَٱرْزُقْنَا وَأَنتَ خَيْرُ ٱلرَّٰزِقِينَ

Transliteration qāla ʿīsā ub'nu maryama l-lahuma rabbanā anzil ʿalaynā māidatan mina l-samāi takūnu lanā ʿīdan li-awwalinā waākhirinā waāyatan minka wa-ur'zuq'nā wa-anta khayru l-rāziqīna

English Said Jesus, the son of Mary, "O Allāh, our Lord, send down to us a table [spread with food] from the heaven to be for us a festival for the first of us and the last of us and a sign from You. And provide for us, and You are the best of providers."

  1. قَالَqālaSaid
  2. عِيسَىʿīsāIsa
  3. ٱبْنُub'nuson
  4. مَرْيَمَmaryama(of) Maryam
  5. ٱللَّهُمَّl-lahumaO Allah
  6. رَبَّنَآrabbanāour Lord
  7. أَنزِلْanzilsend down
  8. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāto us
  9. مَآئِدَةًۭmāidatana table spread
  10. مِّنَminafrom
  11. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe heaven
  12. تَكُونُtakūnuto be
  13. لَنَاlanāfor us
  14. عِيدًۭاʿīdana festival
  15. لِّأَوَّلِنَاli-awwalināfor first of us
  16. وَءَاخِرِنَاwaākhirināand last of us
  17. وَءَايَةًۭwaāyatanand a sign
  18. مِّنكَ ۖminkafrom You
  19. وَٱرْزُقْنَاwa-ur'zuq'nāAnd provide us
  20. وَأَنتَwa-antaand You
  21. خَيْرُkhayru(are) best
  22. ٱلرَّٰزِقِينَl-rāziqīna(of) the providers

Verse 115

قَالَ ٱللَّهُ إِنِّى مُنَزِّلُهَا عَلَيْكُمْ ۖ فَمَن يَكْفُرْ بَعْدُ مِنكُمْ فَإِنِّىٓ أُعَذِّبُهُۥ عَذَابًا لَّآ أُعَذِّبُهُۥٓ أَحَدًا مِّنَ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration qāla l-lahu innī munazziluhā ʿalaykum faman yakfur baʿdu minkum fa-innī uʿadhibuhu ʿadhāban lā uʿadhibuhu aḥadan mina l-ʿālamīna

English Allāh said, "Indeed, I will send it down to you, but whoever disbelieves afterwards from among you - then indeed will I punish him with a punishment by which I have not punished anyone among the worlds."

  1. قَالَqālaSaid
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  3. إِنِّىinnīIndeed I
  4. مُنَزِّلُهَاmunazziluhā(will) send it down
  5. عَلَيْكُمْ ۖʿalaykumto you
  6. فَمَنfamanthen whoever
  7. يَكْفُرْyakfurdisbelieves
  8. بَعْدُbaʿduafter (that)
  9. مِنكُمْminkumamong you
  10. فَإِنِّىٓfa-innīthen indeed I
  11. أُعَذِّبُهُۥuʿadhibuhu[I] will punish him
  12. عَذَابًۭاʿadhāban(with) a punishment
  13. لَّآlānot
  14. أُعَذِّبُهُۥٓuʿadhibuhuI have punished
  15. أَحَدًۭاaḥadananyone
  16. مِّنَminaamong
  17. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīnathe worlds

Verse 116

وَإِذْ قَالَ ٱللَّهُ يَـٰعِيسَى ٱبْنَ مَرْيَمَ ءَأَنتَ قُلْتَ لِلنَّاسِ ٱتَّخِذُونِى وَأُمِّىَ إِلَـٰهَيْنِ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ قَالَ سُبْحَـٰنَكَ مَا يَكُونُ لِىٓ أَنْ أَقُولَ مَا لَيْسَ لِى بِحَقٍّ ۚ إِن كُنتُ قُلْتُهُۥ فَقَدْ عَلِمْتَهُۥ ۚ تَعْلَمُ مَا فِى نَفْسِى وَلَآ أَعْلَمُ مَا فِى نَفْسِكَ ۚ إِنَّكَ أَنتَ عَلَّـٰمُ ٱلْغُيُوبِ

Transliteration wa-idh qāla l-lahu yāʿīsā ib'na maryama a-anta qul'ta lilnnāsi ittakhidhūnī wa-ummiya ilāhayni min dūni l-lahi qāla sub'ḥānaka mā yakūnu lī an aqūla mā laysa lī biḥaqqin in kuntu qul'tuhu faqad ʿalim'tahu taʿlamu mā fī nafsī walā aʿlamu mā fī nafsika innaka anta ʿallāmu l-ghuyūbi

English And [beware the Day] when Allāh will say, "O Jesus, Son of Mary, did you say to the people, 'Take me and my mother as deities besides Allāh?'" He will say, "Exalted are You! It was not for me to say that to which I have no right. If I had said it, You would have known it. You know what is within myself, and I do not know what is within Yourself. Indeed, it is You who is Knower of the unseen.

  1. وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
  2. قَالَqālasaid
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  4. يَـٰعِيسَىyāʿīsāO Isa
  5. ٱبْنَib'nason
  6. مَرْيَمَmaryama(of) Maryam
  7. ءَأَنتَa-antaDid you
  8. قُلْتَqul'tasay
  9. لِلنَّاسِlilnnāsito the people
  10. ٱتَّخِذُونِىittakhidhūnīTake me
  11. وَأُمِّىَwa-ummiyaand my mother
  12. إِلَـٰهَيْنِilāhayni(as) two gods
  13. مِنminfrom
  14. دُونِdūnibesides
  15. ٱللَّهِ ۖl-lahiAllah
  16. قَالَqālaHe said
  17. سُبْحَـٰنَكَsub'ḥānakaGlory be to You
  18. مَاmāNot
  19. يَكُونُyakūnuwas
  20. لِىٓlīfor me
  21. أَنْanthat
  22. أَقُولَaqūlaI say
  23. مَاmāwhat
  24. لَيْسَlaysanot
  25. لِىlīI
  26. بِحَقٍّ ۚbiḥaqqin(had) right
  27. إِنinIf
  28. كُنتُkuntuI had
  29. قُلْتُهُۥqul'tuhusaid it
  30. فَقَدْfaqadthen surely
  31. عَلِمْتَهُۥ ۚʿalim'tahuYou would have known it
  32. تَعْلَمُtaʿlamuYou know
  33. مَاmāwhat
  34. فِىfī(is) in
  35. نَفْسِىnafsīmyself
  36. وَلَآwalāand not
  37. أَعْلَمُaʿlamuI know
  38. مَاmāwhat
  39. فِىfī(is) in
  40. نَفْسِكَ ۚnafsikaYourself
  41. إِنَّكَinnakaIndeed, You
  42. أَنتَantaYou
  43. عَلَّـٰمُʿallāmu(are) All-Knower
  44. ٱلْغُيُوبِl-ghuyūbi(of) the unseen

Verse 117

مَا قُلْتُ لَهُمْ إِلَّا مَآ أَمَرْتَنِى بِهِۦٓ أَنِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ رَبِّى وَرَبَّكُمْ ۚ وَكُنتُ عَلَيْهِمْ شَهِيدًا مَّا دُمْتُ فِيهِمْ ۖ فَلَمَّا تَوَفَّيْتَنِى كُنتَ أَنتَ ٱلرَّقِيبَ عَلَيْهِمْ ۚ وَأَنتَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ شَهِيدٌ

Transliteration mā qul'tu lahum illā mā amartanī bihi ani uʿ'budū l-laha rabbī warabbakum wakuntu ʿalayhim shahīdan mā dum'tu fīhim falammā tawaffaytanī kunta anta l-raqība ʿalayhim wa-anta ʿalā kulli shayin shahīdun

English I said not to them except what You commanded me - to worship Allāh, my Lord and your Lord. And I was a witness over them as long as I was among them; but when You took me up, You were the Observer over them, and You are, over all things, Witness.

  1. مَاmāNot
  2. قُلْتُqul'tuI said
  3. لَهُمْlahumto them
  4. إِلَّاillāexcept
  5. مَآmāwhat
  6. أَمَرْتَنِىamartanīYou commanded me
  7. بِهِۦٓbihi[with it]
  8. أَنِanithat
  9. ٱعْبُدُوا۟uʿ'budūYou worship
  10. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  11. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  12. وَرَبَّكُمْ ۚwarabbakumand your Lord
  13. وَكُنتُwakuntuAnd I was
  14. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimover them
  15. شَهِيدًۭاshahīdana witness
  16. مَّاmāthat
  17. دُمْتُdum'tuas long as I
  18. فِيهِمْ ۖfīhim(was) among them
  19. فَلَمَّاfalammāthen when
  20. تَوَفَّيْتَنِىtawaffaytanīYou raised me
  21. كُنتَkuntaYou were
  22. أَنتَanta[You]
  23. ٱلرَّقِيبَl-raqībathe Watcher
  24. عَلَيْهِمْ ۚʿalayhimover them
  25. وَأَنتَwa-antaand You
  26. عَلَىٰʿalā(are) on
  27. كُلِّkullievery
  28. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  29. شَهِيدٌshahīduna Witness

Verse 118

إِن تُعَذِّبْهُمْ فَإِنَّهُمْ عِبَادُكَ ۖ وَإِن تَغْفِرْ لَهُمْ فَإِنَّكَ أَنتَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلْحَكِيمُ

Transliteration in tuʿadhib'hum fa-innahum ʿibāduka wa-in taghfir lahum fa-innaka anta l-ʿazīzu l-ḥakīmu

English If You should punish them - indeed they are Your servants; but if You forgive them - indeed it is You who is the Exalted in Might, the Wise."

  1. إِنinIf
  2. تُعَذِّبْهُمْtuʿadhib'humYou punish them
  3. فَإِنَّهُمْfa-innahumthen indeed they
  4. عِبَادُكَ ۖʿibāduka(are) Your slaves
  5. وَإِنwa-inand if
  6. تَغْفِرْtaghfirYou forgive
  7. لَهُمْlahum[for] them
  8. فَإِنَّكَfa-innakathen indeed You
  9. أَنتَantaYou
  10. ٱلْعَزِيزُl-ʿazīzu(are) the All-Mighty
  11. ٱلْحَكِيمُl-ḥakīmuthe All-Wise

Verse 119

قَالَ ٱللَّهُ هَـٰذَا يَوْمُ يَنفَعُ ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَ صِدْقُهُمْ ۚ لَهُمْ جَنَّـٰتٌ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرُ خَـٰلِدِينَ فِيهَآ أَبَدًا ۚ رَّضِىَ ٱللَّهُ عَنْهُمْ وَرَضُوا۟ عَنْهُ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ ٱلْفَوْزُ ٱلْعَظِيمُ

Transliteration qāla l-lahu hādhā yawmu yanfaʿu l-ṣādiqīna ṣid'quhum lahum jannātun tajrī min taḥtihā l-anhāru khālidīna fīhā abadan raḍiya l-lahu ʿanhum waraḍū ʿanhu dhālika l-fawzu l-ʿaẓīmu

English Allāh will say, "This is the Day when the truthful will benefit from their truthfulness." For them are gardens [in Paradise] beneath which rivers flow, wherein they will abide forever, Allāh being pleased with them, and they with Him. That is the great attainment.

  1. قَالَqālaWill say
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  3. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  4. يَوْمُyawmuDay
  5. يَنفَعُyanfaʿuwill profit
  6. ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَl-ṣādiqīnathe truthful
  7. صِدْقُهُمْ ۚṣid'quhumtheir truthfulness
  8. لَهُمْlahumFor them
  9. جَنَّـٰتٌۭjannātun(are) Gardens
  10. تَجْرِىtajrīflows
  11. مِنminfrom
  12. تَحْتِهَاtaḥtihāunderneath it
  13. ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرُl-anhāruthe rivers
  14. خَـٰلِدِينَkhālidīnawill abide
  15. فِيهَآfīhāin it
  16. أَبَدًۭا ۚabadanforever
  17. رَّضِىَraḍiyais pleased
  18. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  19. عَنْهُمْʿanhumwith them
  20. وَرَضُوا۟waraḍūand they are pleased
  21. عَنْهُ ۚʿanhuwith Him
  22. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  23. ٱلْفَوْزُl-fawzu(is) the success
  24. ٱلْعَظِيمُl-ʿaẓīmu(the) great

Verse 120

لِلَّهِ مُلْكُ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا فِيهِنَّ ۚ وَهُوَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌۢ

Transliteration lillahi mul'ku l-samāwāti wal-arḍi wamā fīhinna wahuwa ʿalā kulli shayin qadīrun

English To Allāh belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth and whatever is within them. And He is over all things competent.

  1. لِلَّهِlillahiTo Allah (belongs)
  2. مُلْكُmul'kuthe dominion
  3. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  4. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  5. وَمَاwamāand what
  6. فِيهِنَّ ۚfīhinna(is) in them
  7. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  8. عَلَىٰʿalā(is) on
  9. كُلِّkullievery
  10. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  11. قَدِيرٌۢqadīrunAll-Powerful

Surah Al-An'am الأنعام verses 1–110

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

ٱلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ وَجَعَلَ ٱلظُّلُمَـٰتِ وَٱلنُّورَ ۖ ثُمَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ بِرَبِّهِمْ يَعْدِلُونَ

Transliteration al-ḥamdu lillahi alladhī khalaqa l-samāwāti wal-arḍa wajaʿala l-ẓulumāti wal-nūra thumma alladhīna kafarū birabbihim yaʿdilūna

English [All] praise is [due] to Allāh, who created the heavens and the earth and made the darkness and the light. Then those who disbelieve equate [others] with their Lord.

  1. ٱلْحَمْدُal-ḥamdu(All) the praises and thanks
  2. لِلَّهِlillahi(be) to Allah
  3. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One Who
  4. خَلَقَkhalaqacreated
  5. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  6. وَٱلْأَرْضَwal-arḍaand the earth
  7. وَجَعَلَwajaʿalaand made
  8. ٱلظُّلُمَـٰتِl-ẓulumātithe darkness[es]
  9. وَٱلنُّورَ ۖwal-nūraand the light
  10. ثُمَّthummaThen
  11. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  12. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  13. بِرَبِّهِمْbirabbihimin their Lord
  14. يَعْدِلُونَyaʿdilūnaequate others with Him

Verse 2

هُوَ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَكُم مِّن طِينٍ ثُمَّ قَضَىٰٓ أَجَلًا ۖ وَأَجَلٌ مُّسَمًّى عِندَهُۥ ۖ ثُمَّ أَنتُمْ تَمْتَرُونَ

Transliteration huwa alladhī khalaqakum min ṭīnin thumma qaḍā ajalan wa-ajalun musamman ʿindahu thumma antum tamtarūna

English It is He who created you from clay and then decreed a term and a specified time [known] to Him; then [still] you are in dispute.

  1. هُوَhuwaHe
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. خَلَقَكُمkhalaqakumcreated you
  4. مِّنminfrom
  5. طِينٍۢṭīninclay
  6. ثُمَّthummathen
  7. قَضَىٰٓqaḍāHe decreed
  8. أَجَلًۭا ۖajalana term
  9. وَأَجَلٌۭwa-ajalunand a term
  10. مُّسَمًّىmusammanspecified
  11. عِندَهُۥ ۖʿindahuwith Him
  12. ثُمَّthummayet
  13. أَنتُمْantumyou
  14. تَمْتَرُونَtamtarūnadoubt

Verse 3

وَهُوَ ٱللَّهُ فِى ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَفِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ يَعْلَمُ سِرَّكُمْ وَجَهْرَكُمْ وَيَعْلَمُ مَا تَكْسِبُونَ

Transliteration wahuwa l-lahu fī l-samāwāti wafī l-arḍi yaʿlamu sirrakum wajahrakum wayaʿlamu mā taksibūna

English And He is Allāh, [the only deity] in the heavens and the earth. He knows your secret and what you make public, and He knows that which you earn.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(is) Allah
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  5. وَفِىwafīand in
  6. ٱلْأَرْضِ ۖl-arḍithe earth
  7. يَعْلَمُyaʿlamuHe knows
  8. سِرَّكُمْsirrakumyour secret
  9. وَجَهْرَكُمْwajahrakumand what you make public
  10. وَيَعْلَمُwayaʿlamuand He knows
  11. مَاmāwhat
  12. تَكْسِبُونَtaksibūnayou earn

Verse 4

وَمَا تَأْتِيهِم مِّنْ ءَايَةٍ مِّنْ ءَايَـٰتِ رَبِّهِمْ إِلَّا كَانُوا۟ عَنْهَا مُعْرِضِينَ

Transliteration wamā tatīhim min āyatin min āyāti rabbihim illā kānū ʿanhā muʿ'riḍīna

English And no sign comes to them from the signs of their Lord except that they turn away therefrom.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. تَأْتِيهِمtatīhimcomes to them
  3. مِّنْmin[of]
  4. ءَايَةٍۢāyatinany sign
  5. مِّنْminfrom
  6. ءَايَـٰتِāyāti(the) Signs
  7. رَبِّهِمْrabbihim(of) their Lord
  8. إِلَّاillābut
  9. كَانُوا۟kānūthey are
  10. عَنْهَاʿanhāfrom it
  11. مُعْرِضِينَmuʿ'riḍīnaturning away

Verse 5

فَقَدْ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِٱلْحَقِّ لَمَّا جَآءَهُمْ ۖ فَسَوْفَ يَأْتِيهِمْ أَنۢبَـٰٓؤُا۟ مَا كَانُوا۟ بِهِۦ يَسْتَهْزِءُونَ

Transliteration faqad kadhabū bil-ḥaqi lammā jāahum fasawfa yatīhim anbāu mā kānū bihi yastahziūna

English For they had denied the truth when it came to them, but there is going to reach them the news of what they used to ridicule.

  1. فَقَدْfaqadThen indeed
  2. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūthey denied
  3. بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqithe truth
  4. لَمَّاlammāwhen
  5. جَآءَهُمْ ۖjāahumit came to them
  6. فَسَوْفَfasawfabut soon
  7. يَأْتِيهِمْyatīhimwill come to them
  8. أَنۢبَـٰٓؤُا۟anbāunews
  9. مَاmā(of) what
  10. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  11. بِهِۦbihi[at it]
  12. يَسْتَهْزِءُونَyastahziūnamock

Verse 6

أَلَمْ يَرَوْا۟ كَمْ أَهْلَكْنَا مِن قَبْلِهِم مِّن قَرْنٍ مَّكَّنَّـٰهُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مَا لَمْ نُمَكِّن لَّكُمْ وَأَرْسَلْنَا ٱلسَّمَآءَ عَلَيْهِم مِّدْرَارًا وَجَعَلْنَا ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرَ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهِمْ فَأَهْلَكْنَـٰهُم بِذُنُوبِهِمْ وَأَنشَأْنَا مِنۢ بَعْدِهِمْ قَرْنًا ءَاخَرِينَ

Transliteration alam yaraw kam ahlaknā min qablihim min qarnin makkannāhum fī l-arḍi mā lam numakkin lakum wa-arsalnā l-samāa ʿalayhim mid'rāran wajaʿalnā l-anhāra tajrī min taḥtihim fa-ahlaknāhum bidhunūbihim wa-anshanā min baʿdihim qarnan ākharīna

English Have they not seen how many generations We destroyed before them which We had established upon the earth as We have not established you? And We sent [rain from] the sky upon them in showers and made rivers flow beneath them; then We destroyed them for their sins and brought forth after them a generation of others.

  1. أَلَمْalamDid not
  2. يَرَوْا۟yarawthey see
  3. كَمْkamhow many
  4. أَهْلَكْنَاahlaknāWe destroyed
  5. مِنminfrom
  6. قَبْلِهِمqablihimbefore them
  7. مِّنminof
  8. قَرْنٍۢqarningenerations
  9. مَّكَّنَّـٰهُمْmakkannāhumWe had established them
  10. فِىfīin
  11. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  12. مَاmāwhat
  13. لَمْlamnot
  14. نُمَكِّنnumakkinWe (have) established
  15. لَّكُمْlakumfor you
  16. وَأَرْسَلْنَاwa-arsalnāAnd We sent
  17. ٱلسَّمَآءَl-samāa(rain from) the sky
  18. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimupon them
  19. مِّدْرَارًۭاmid'rāranshowering abundantly
  20. وَجَعَلْنَاwajaʿalnāand We made
  21. ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرَl-anhārathe rivers
  22. تَجْرِىtajrīflow
  23. مِنminfrom
  24. تَحْتِهِمْtaḥtihimunderneath them
  25. فَأَهْلَكْنَـٰهُمfa-ahlaknāhumThen We destroyed them
  26. بِذُنُوبِهِمْbidhunūbihimfor their sins
  27. وَأَنشَأْنَاwa-anshanāand We raised
  28. مِنۢminfrom
  29. بَعْدِهِمْbaʿdihimafter them
  30. قَرْنًاqarnangenerations
  31. ءَاخَرِينَākharīnaother

Verse 7

وَلَوْ نَزَّلْنَا عَلَيْكَ كِتَـٰبًا فِى قِرْطَاسٍ فَلَمَسُوهُ بِأَيْدِيهِمْ لَقَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ إِنْ هَـٰذَآ إِلَّا سِحْرٌ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration walaw nazzalnā ʿalayka kitāban fī qir'ṭāsin falamasūhu bi-aydīhim laqāla alladhīna kafarū in hādhā illā siḥ'run mubīnun

English And even if We had sent down to you, [O Muḥammad], a written scripture on a page and they touched it with their hands, the disbelievers would say, "This is not but obvious magic."

  1. وَلَوْwalawAnd (even) if
  2. نَزَّلْنَاnazzalnāWe (had) sent down
  3. عَلَيْكَʿalaykato you
  4. كِتَـٰبًۭاkitābana written Scripture
  5. فِىfīin
  6. قِرْطَاسٍۢqir'ṭāsina parchment
  7. فَلَمَسُوهُfalamasūhuand they touched it
  8. بِأَيْدِيهِمْbi-aydīhimwith their hands
  9. لَقَالَlaqālasurely (would) have said
  10. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  11. كَفَرُوٓا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  12. إِنْinNot
  13. هَـٰذَآhādhā(is) this
  14. إِلَّاillābut
  15. سِحْرٌۭsiḥ'runmagic
  16. مُّبِينٌۭmubīnunclear

Verse 8

وَقَالُوا۟ لَوْلَآ أُنزِلَ عَلَيْهِ مَلَكٌ ۖ وَلَوْ أَنزَلْنَا مَلَكًا لَّقُضِىَ ٱلْأَمْرُ ثُمَّ لَا يُنظَرُونَ

Transliteration waqālū lawlā unzila ʿalayhi malakun walaw anzalnā malakan laquḍiya l-amru thumma lā yunẓarūna

English And they say, "Why was there not sent down to him an angel?" But if We had sent down an angel, the matter would have been decided; then they would not be reprieved.

  1. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they said
  2. لَوْلَآlawlāWhy has not been
  3. أُنزِلَunzilasent down
  4. عَلَيْهِʿalayhito him
  5. مَلَكٌۭ ۖmalakunan Angel
  6. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  7. أَنزَلْنَاanzalnāWe (had) sent down
  8. مَلَكًۭاmalakanan Angel
  9. لَّقُضِىَlaquḍiyasurely (would) have been decided
  10. ٱلْأَمْرُl-amruthe matter
  11. ثُمَّthummathen
  12. لَاlāno
  13. يُنظَرُونَyunẓarūnarespite would have been granted to them

Verse 9

وَلَوْ جَعَلْنَـٰهُ مَلَكًا لَّجَعَلْنَـٰهُ رَجُلًا وَلَلَبَسْنَا عَلَيْهِم مَّا يَلْبِسُونَ

Transliteration walaw jaʿalnāhu malakan lajaʿalnāhu rajulan walalabasnā ʿalayhim mā yalbisūna

English And if We had made him [i.e., the messenger] an angel, We would have made him [appear as] a man, and We would have covered them with that in which they cover themselves [i.e., confusion and doubt].

  1. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  2. جَعَلْنَـٰهُjaʿalnāhuWe had made him
  3. مَلَكًۭاmalakanan Angel
  4. لَّجَعَلْنَـٰهُlajaʿalnāhucertainly We (would) have made him
  5. رَجُلًۭاrajulana man
  6. وَلَلَبَسْنَاwalalabasnāand certainly We (would) have obscured
  7. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimto them
  8. مَّاmāwhat
  9. يَلْبِسُونَyalbisūnathey are obscuring

Verse 10

وَلَقَدِ ٱسْتُهْزِئَ بِرُسُلٍ مِّن قَبْلِكَ فَحَاقَ بِٱلَّذِينَ سَخِرُوا۟ مِنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ بِهِۦ يَسْتَهْزِءُونَ

Transliteration walaqadi us'tuh'zi-a birusulin min qablika faḥāqa bi-alladhīna sakhirū min'hum mā kānū bihi yastahziūna

English And already were messengers ridiculed before you, but those who mocked them were enveloped by that which they used to ridicule.

  1. وَلَقَدِwalaqadiAnd indeed
  2. ٱسْتُهْزِئَus'tuh'zi-awere mocked
  3. بِرُسُلٍۢbirusulinMessengers
  4. مِّنminfrom
  5. قَبْلِكَqablikabefore you
  6. فَحَاقَfaḥāqabut surrounded
  7. بِٱلَّذِينَbi-alladhīnathose who
  8. سَخِرُوا۟sakhirūscoffed
  9. مِنْهُمmin'humof them
  10. مَّاmāwhat
  11. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  12. بِهِۦbihi[at it]
  13. يَسْتَهْزِءُونَyastahziūnamock

Verse 11

قُلْ سِيرُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ثُمَّ ٱنظُرُوا۟ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَـٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُكَذِّبِينَ

Transliteration qul sīrū fī l-arḍi thumma unẓurū kayfa kāna ʿāqibatu l-mukadhibīna

English Say, "Travel through the land; then observe how was the end of the deniers."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. سِيرُوا۟sīrūTravel
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  5. ثُمَّthummaand
  6. ٱنظُرُوا۟unẓurūsee
  7. كَيْفَkayfahow
  8. كَانَkānawas
  9. عَـٰقِبَةُʿāqibatu(the) end
  10. ٱلْمُكَذِّبِينَl-mukadhibīna(of) the rejecters

Verse 12

قُل لِّمَن مَّا فِى ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ قُل لِّلَّهِ ۚ كَتَبَ عَلَىٰ نَفْسِهِ ٱلرَّحْمَةَ ۚ لَيَجْمَعَنَّكُمْ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ لَا رَيْبَ فِيهِ ۚ ٱلَّذِينَ خَسِرُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ فَهُمْ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration qul liman mā fī l-samāwāti wal-arḍi qul lillahi kataba ʿalā nafsihi l-raḥmata layajmaʿannakum ilā yawmi l-qiyāmati lā rayba fīhi alladhīna khasirū anfusahum fahum lā yu'minūna

English Say, "To whom belongs whatever is in the heavens and earth?" Say, "To Allāh." He has decreed upon Himself mercy. He will surely assemble you for the Day of Resurrection, about which there is no doubt. Those who will lose themselves [that Day] do not believe.

  1. قُلqulSay
  2. لِّمَنlimanTo whom (belongs)
  3. مَّاmāwhat
  4. فِىfī(is) in
  5. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  6. وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖwal-arḍiand the earth
  7. قُلqulSay
  8. لِّلَّهِ ۚlillahiTo Allah
  9. كَتَبَkatabaHe has decreed
  10. عَلَىٰʿalāupon
  11. نَفْسِهِnafsihiHimself
  12. ٱلرَّحْمَةَ ۚl-raḥmatathe Mercy
  13. لَيَجْمَعَنَّكُمْlayajmaʿannakumSurely He will assemble you
  14. إِلَىٰilāon
  15. يَوْمِyawmi(the) Day
  16. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  17. لَاlā(there is) no
  18. رَيْبَraybadoubt
  19. فِيهِ ۚfīhiabout it
  20. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
  21. خَسِرُوٓا۟khasirūhave lost
  22. أَنفُسَهُمْanfusahumthemselves
  23. فَهُمْfahumthen they
  24. لَاlā(do) not
  25. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve

Verse 13

۞ وَلَهُۥ مَا سَكَنَ فِى ٱلَّيْلِ وَٱلنَّهَارِ ۚ وَهُوَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ

Transliteration walahu mā sakana fī al-layli wal-nahāri wahuwa l-samīʿu l-ʿalīmu

English And to Him belongs that which reposes by night and by day, and He is the Hearing, the Knowing.

  1. ۞ وَلَهُۥwalahuAnd for Him
  2. مَاmā(is) whatever
  3. سَكَنَsakanadwells
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ٱلَّيْلِal-laylithe night
  6. وَٱلنَّهَارِ ۚwal-nahāriand the day
  7. وَهُوَwahuwaand He
  8. ٱلسَّمِيعُl-samīʿu(is) All-Hearing
  9. ٱلْعَلِيمُl-ʿalīmuAll-Knowing

Verse 14

قُلْ أَغَيْرَ ٱللَّهِ أَتَّخِذُ وَلِيًّا فَاطِرِ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَهُوَ يُطْعِمُ وَلَا يُطْعَمُ ۗ قُلْ إِنِّىٓ أُمِرْتُ أَنْ أَكُونَ أَوَّلَ مَنْ أَسْلَمَ ۖ وَلَا تَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ

Transliteration qul aghayra l-lahi attakhidhu waliyyan fāṭiri l-samāwāti wal-arḍi wahuwa yuṭ'ʿimu walā yuṭ'ʿamu qul innī umir'tu an akūna awwala man aslama walā takūnanna mina l-mush'rikīna

English Say, "Is it other than Allāh I should take as a protector, Creator of the heavens and earth, while it is He who feeds and is not fed?" Say, [O Muḥammad], "Indeed, I have been commanded to be the first [among you] who submit [to Allāh] and [was commanded], 'Do not ever be of the polytheists."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. أَغَيْرَaghayraIs it other than
  3. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  4. أَتَّخِذُattakhidhuI (should) take
  5. وَلِيًّۭاwaliyyan(as) a protector
  6. فَاطِرِfāṭiriCreator
  7. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  8. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  9. وَهُوَwahuwawhile (it is) He
  10. يُطْعِمُyuṭ'ʿimuWho feeds
  11. وَلَاwalāand not
  12. يُطْعَمُ ۗyuṭ'ʿamuHe is fed
  13. قُلْqulSay
  14. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed I
  15. أُمِرْتُumir'tu[I] am commanded
  16. أَنْanthat
  17. أَكُونَakūnaI be
  18. أَوَّلَawwala(the) first
  19. مَنْmanwho
  20. أَسْلَمَ ۖaslamasubmits (to Allah)
  21. وَلَاwalāand not
  22. تَكُونَنَّtakūnannabe
  23. مِنَminaof
  24. ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَl-mush'rikīnathe polytheists

Verse 15

قُلْ إِنِّىٓ أَخَافُ إِنْ عَصَيْتُ رَبِّى عَذَابَ يَوْمٍ عَظِيمٍ

Transliteration qul innī akhāfu in ʿaṣaytu rabbī ʿadhāba yawmin ʿaẓīmin

English Say, "Indeed I fear, if I should disobey my Lord, the punishment of a tremendous Day."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  3. أَخَافُakhāfu[I] fear
  4. إِنْinif
  5. عَصَيْتُʿaṣaytuI disobeyed
  6. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  7. عَذَابَʿadhābapunishment
  8. يَوْمٍyawmin(of) a Day
  9. عَظِيمٍۢʿaẓīminMighty

Verse 16

مَّن يُصْرَفْ عَنْهُ يَوْمَئِذٍ فَقَدْ رَحِمَهُۥ ۚ وَذَٰلِكَ ٱلْفَوْزُ ٱلْمُبِينُ

Transliteration man yuṣ'raf ʿanhu yawma-idhin faqad raḥimahu wadhālika l-fawzu l-mubīnu

English He from whom it is averted that Day - [Allāh] has granted him mercy. And that is the clear attainment.

  1. مَّنmanWhoever
  2. يُصْرَفْyuṣ'rafis averted
  3. عَنْهُʿanhufrom it
  4. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhinthat Day
  5. فَقَدْfaqadthen surely
  6. رَحِمَهُۥ ۚraḥimahuHe had Mercy on him
  7. وَذَٰلِكَwadhālikaAnd that
  8. ٱلْفَوْزُl-fawzu(is) the success
  9. ٱلْمُبِينُl-mubīnu(the) clear

Verse 17

وَإِن يَمْسَسْكَ ٱللَّهُ بِضُرٍّ فَلَا كَاشِفَ لَهُۥٓ إِلَّا هُوَ ۖ وَإِن يَمْسَسْكَ بِخَيْرٍ فَهُوَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ

Transliteration wa-in yamsaska l-lahu biḍurrin falā kāshifa lahu illā huwa wa-in yamsaska bikhayrin fahuwa ʿalā kulli shayin qadīrun

English And if Allāh should touch you with adversity, there is no remover of it except Him. And if He touches you with good - then He is over all things competent.

  1. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  2. يَمْسَسْكَyamsaskatouches you
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  4. بِضُرٍّۢbiḍurrinwith affliction
  5. فَلَاfalāthen no
  6. كَاشِفَkāshifaremover
  7. لَهُۥٓlahuof it
  8. إِلَّاillāexcept
  9. هُوَ ۖhuwaHim
  10. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  11. يَمْسَسْكَyamsaskaHe touches you
  12. بِخَيْرٍۢbikhayrinwith good
  13. فَهُوَfahuwathen He
  14. عَلَىٰʿalā(is) on
  15. كُلِّkullievery
  16. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  17. قَدِيرٌۭqadīrunAll-Powerful

Verse 18

وَهُوَ ٱلْقَاهِرُ فَوْقَ عِبَادِهِۦ ۚ وَهُوَ ٱلْحَكِيمُ ٱلْخَبِيرُ

Transliteration wahuwa l-qāhiru fawqa ʿibādihi wahuwa l-ḥakīmu l-khabīru

English And He is the subjugator over His servants. And He is the Wise, the Aware.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلْقَاهِرُl-qāhiru(is) the Subjugator
  3. فَوْقَfawqaover
  4. عِبَادِهِۦ ۚʿibādihiHis slaves
  5. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  6. ٱلْحَكِيمُl-ḥakīmu(is) the All-Wise
  7. ٱلْخَبِيرُl-khabīruthe All-Aware

Verse 19

قُلْ أَىُّ شَىْءٍ أَكْبَرُ شَهَـٰدَةً ۖ قُلِ ٱللَّهُ ۖ شَهِيدٌۢ بَيْنِى وَبَيْنَكُمْ ۚ وَأُوحِىَ إِلَىَّ هَـٰذَا ٱلْقُرْءَانُ لِأُنذِرَكُم بِهِۦ وَمَنۢ بَلَغَ ۚ أَئِنَّكُمْ لَتَشْهَدُونَ أَنَّ مَعَ ٱللَّهِ ءَالِهَةً أُخْرَىٰ ۚ قُل لَّآ أَشْهَدُ ۚ قُلْ إِنَّمَا هُوَ إِلَـٰهٌ وَٰحِدٌ وَإِنَّنِى بَرِىٓءٌ مِّمَّا تُشْرِكُونَ

Transliteration qul ayyu shayin akbaru shahādatan quli l-lahu shahīdun baynī wabaynakum waūḥiya ilayya hādhā l-qur'ānu li-undhirakum bihi waman balagha a-innakum latashhadūna anna maʿa l-lahi ālihatan ukh'rā qul lā ashhadu qul innamā huwa ilāhun wāḥidun wa-innanī barīon mimmā tush'rikūna

English Say, "What thing is greatest in testimony?" Say, "Allāh is witness between me and you. And this Qur’ān was revealed to me that I may warn you thereby and whomever it reaches. Do you [truly] testify that with Allāh there are other deities?" Say, "I will not testify [with you]." Say, "Indeed, He is but one God, and indeed, I am free of what you associate [with Him]."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. أَىُّayyuWhat
  3. شَىْءٍshayinthing
  4. أَكْبَرُakbaru(is) greatest
  5. شَهَـٰدَةًۭ ۖshahādatan(as) a testimony
  6. قُلِquliSay
  7. ٱللَّهُ ۖl-lahuAllah
  8. شَهِيدٌۢshahīdun(is) Witness
  9. بَيْنِىbaynībetween me
  10. وَبَيْنَكُمْ ۚwabaynakumand between you
  11. وَأُوحِىَwaūḥiyaand has been revealed
  12. إِلَىَّilayyato me
  13. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  14. ٱلْقُرْءَانُl-qur'ānu[the] Quran
  15. لِأُنذِرَكُمli-undhirakumthat I may warn you
  16. بِهِۦbihiwith it
  17. وَمَنۢwamanand whoever
  18. بَلَغَ ۚbalaghait reaches
  19. أَئِنَّكُمْa-innakumDo you truly
  20. لَتَشْهَدُونَlatashhadūnatestify
  21. أَنَّannathat
  22. مَعَmaʿawith
  23. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  24. ءَالِهَةًālihatan(there are) gods
  25. أُخْرَىٰ ۚukh'rāother
  26. قُلqulSay
  27. لَّآlāNot
  28. أَشْهَدُ ۚashhadu(do) I testify
  29. قُلْqulSay
  30. إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  31. هُوَhuwaHe
  32. إِلَـٰهٌۭilāhun(is) God
  33. وَٰحِدٌۭwāḥidunOne
  34. وَإِنَّنِىwa-innanīand indeed, I am
  35. بَرِىٓءٌۭbarīonfree
  36. مِّمَّاmimmāof what
  37. تُشْرِكُونَtush'rikūnayou associate (with Him)

Verse 20

ٱلَّذِينَ ءَاتَيْنَـٰهُمُ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ يَعْرِفُونَهُۥ كَمَا يَعْرِفُونَ أَبْنَآءَهُمُ ۘ ٱلَّذِينَ خَسِرُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ فَهُمْ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration alladhīna ātaynāhumu l-kitāba yaʿrifūnahu kamā yaʿrifūna abnāahumu alladhīna khasirū anfusahum fahum lā yu'minūna

English Those to whom We have given the Scripture recognize it as they recognize their [own] sons. Those who will lose themselves [in the Hereafter] do not believe.

  1. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose (to) whom
  2. ءَاتَيْنَـٰهُمُātaynāhumuWe have given them
  3. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Book
  4. يَعْرِفُونَهُۥyaʿrifūnahuthey recognize him
  5. كَمَاkamāas
  6. يَعْرِفُونَyaʿrifūnathey recognize
  7. أَبْنَآءَهُمُ ۘabnāahumutheir sons
  8. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
  9. خَسِرُوٓا۟khasirūlost
  10. أَنفُسَهُمْanfusahumthemselves
  11. فَهُمْfahumthen they
  12. لَاlā(do) not
  13. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve

Verse 21

وَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّنِ ٱفْتَرَىٰ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا أَوْ كَذَّبَ بِـَٔايَـٰتِهِۦٓ ۗ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُفْلِحُ ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَ

Transliteration waman aẓlamu mimmani if'tarā ʿalā l-lahi kadhiban aw kadhaba biāyātihi innahu lā yuf'liḥu l-ẓālimūna

English And who is more unjust than one who invents about Allāh a lie or denies His verses? Indeed, the wrongdoers will not succeed.

  1. وَمَنْwamanAnd who
  2. أَظْلَمُaẓlamu(is) more unjust
  3. مِمَّنِmimmanithan (he) who
  4. ٱفْتَرَىٰif'tarāinvents
  5. عَلَىʿalāagainst
  6. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  7. كَذِبًاkadhibana lie
  8. أَوْawor
  9. كَذَّبَkadhabarejects
  10. بِـَٔايَـٰتِهِۦٓ ۗbiāyātihiHis Signs
  11. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed
  12. لَاlānot
  13. يُفْلِحُyuf'liḥuwill be successful
  14. ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَl-ẓālimūnathe wrongdoers

Verse 22

وَيَوْمَ نَحْشُرُهُمْ جَمِيعًا ثُمَّ نَقُولُ لِلَّذِينَ أَشْرَكُوٓا۟ أَيْنَ شُرَكَآؤُكُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ كُنتُمْ تَزْعُمُونَ

Transliteration wayawma naḥshuruhum jamīʿan thumma naqūlu lilladhīna ashrakū ayna shurakāukumu alladhīna kuntum tazʿumūna

English And [mention, O Muḥammad], the Day We will gather them all together; then We will say to those who associated others with Allāh, "Where are your 'partners' that you used to claim [with Him]?"

  1. وَيَوْمَwayawmaAnd (the) Day
  2. نَحْشُرُهُمْnaḥshuruhumWe will gather them
  3. جَمِيعًۭاjamīʿanall
  4. ثُمَّthummathen
  5. نَقُولُnaqūluWe will say
  6. لِلَّذِينَlilladhīnato those who
  7. أَشْرَكُوٓا۟ashrakūassociated others with Allah
  8. أَيْنَaynaWhere (are)
  9. شُرَكَآؤُكُمُshurakāukumuyour partners
  10. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose whom
  11. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
  12. تَزْعُمُونَtazʿumūnaclaim

Verse 23

ثُمَّ لَمْ تَكُن فِتْنَتُهُمْ إِلَّآ أَن قَالُوا۟ وَٱللَّهِ رَبِّنَا مَا كُنَّا مُشْرِكِينَ

Transliteration thumma lam takun fit'natuhum illā an qālū wal-lahi rabbinā mā kunnā mush'rikīna

English Then there will be no [excuse upon] examination except they will say, "By Allāh, our Lord, we were not those who associated."

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. لَمْlamnot
  3. تَكُنtakunwill be
  4. فِتْنَتُهُمْfit'natuhum(for) them a plea
  5. إِلَّآillāexcept
  6. أَنanthat
  7. قَالُوا۟qālūthey say
  8. وَٱللَّهِwal-lahiBy Allah
  9. رَبِّنَاrabbināour Lord
  10. مَاmānot
  11. كُنَّاkunnāwe were
  12. مُشْرِكِينَmush'rikīnathose who associated others (with Allah)

Verse 24

ٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ كَذَبُوا۟ عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ ۚ وَضَلَّ عَنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يَفْتَرُونَ

Transliteration unẓur kayfa kadhabū ʿalā anfusihim waḍalla ʿanhum mā kānū yaftarūna

English See how they will lie about themselves. And lost from them will be what they used to invent.

  1. ٱنظُرْunẓurLook
  2. كَيْفَkayfahow
  3. كَذَبُوا۟kadhabūthey lied
  4. عَلَىٰٓʿalāagainst
  5. أَنفُسِهِمْ ۚanfusihimthemselves
  6. وَضَلَّwaḍallaAnd lost
  7. عَنْهُمʿanhumfrom them
  8. مَّاmāwhat
  9. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  10. يَفْتَرُونَyaftarūnainvent

Verse 25

وَمِنْهُم مَّن يَسْتَمِعُ إِلَيْكَ ۖ وَجَعَلْنَا عَلَىٰ قُلُوبِهِمْ أَكِنَّةً أَن يَفْقَهُوهُ وَفِىٓ ءَاذَانِهِمْ وَقْرًا ۚ وَإِن يَرَوْا۟ كُلَّ ءَايَةٍ لَّا يُؤْمِنُوا۟ بِهَا ۚ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا جَآءُوكَ يُجَـٰدِلُونَكَ يَقُولُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ إِنْ هَـٰذَآ إِلَّآ أَسَـٰطِيرُ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ

Transliteration wamin'hum man yastamiʿu ilayka wajaʿalnā ʿalā qulūbihim akinnatan an yafqahūhu wafī ādhānihim waqran wa-in yaraw kulla āyatin lā yu'minū bihā ḥattā idhā jāūka yujādilūnaka yaqūlu alladhīna kafarū in hādhā illā asāṭīru l-awalīna

English And among them are those who listen to you, but We have placed over their hearts coverings, lest they understand it, and in their ears deafness. And if they should see every sign, they will not believe in it. Even when they come to you arguing with you, those who disbelieve say, "This is not but legends of the former peoples."

  1. وَمِنْهُمwamin'humAnd among them
  2. مَّنman(are those) who
  3. يَسْتَمِعُyastamiʿulisten
  4. إِلَيْكَ ۖilaykato you
  5. وَجَعَلْنَاwajaʿalnābut We have placed
  6. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  7. قُلُوبِهِمْqulūbihimtheir hearts
  8. أَكِنَّةًakinnatancoverings
  9. أَنanlest
  10. يَفْقَهُوهُyafqahūhuthey understand it
  11. وَفِىٓwafīand in
  12. ءَاذَانِهِمْādhānihimtheir ears
  13. وَقْرًۭا ۚwaqrandeafness
  14. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  15. يَرَوْا۟yarawthey see
  16. كُلَّkullaevery
  17. ءَايَةٍۢāyatinsign
  18. لَّاlānot
  19. يُؤْمِنُوا۟yu'minūwill they believe
  20. بِهَا ۚbihāin it
  21. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāUntil
  22. إِذَاidhāwhen
  23. جَآءُوكَjāūkathey come to you
  24. يُجَـٰدِلُونَكَyujādilūnakaand argue with you
  25. يَقُولُyaqūlusay
  26. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  27. كَفَرُوٓا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  28. إِنْinNot
  29. هَـٰذَآhādhā(is) this
  30. إِلَّآillābut
  31. أَسَـٰطِيرُasāṭīru(the) tales
  32. ٱلْأَوَّلِينَl-awalīna(of) the former (people)

Verse 26

وَهُمْ يَنْهَوْنَ عَنْهُ وَيَنْـَٔوْنَ عَنْهُ ۖ وَإِن يُهْلِكُونَ إِلَّآ أَنفُسَهُمْ وَمَا يَشْعُرُونَ

Transliteration wahum yanhawna ʿanhu wayanawna ʿanhu wa-in yuh'likūna illā anfusahum wamā yashʿurūna

English And they prevent [others] from him and are [themselves] remote from him. And they do not destroy except themselves, but they perceive [it] not.

  1. وَهُمْwahumAnd they
  2. يَنْهَوْنَyanhawnaforbid (others)
  3. عَنْهُʿanhufrom it
  4. وَيَنْـَٔوْنَwayanawnaand they keep away
  5. عَنْهُ ۖʿanhufrom it
  6. وَإِنwa-inAnd not
  7. يُهْلِكُونَyuh'likūnathey destroy
  8. إِلَّآillāexcept
  9. أَنفُسَهُمْanfusahumthemselves
  10. وَمَاwamāand not
  11. يَشْعُرُونَyashʿurūnathey perceive

Verse 27

وَلَوْ تَرَىٰٓ إِذْ وُقِفُوا۟ عَلَى ٱلنَّارِ فَقَالُوا۟ يَـٰلَيْتَنَا نُرَدُّ وَلَا نُكَذِّبَ بِـَٔايَـٰتِ رَبِّنَا وَنَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration walaw tarā idh wuqifū ʿalā l-nāri faqālū yālaytanā nuraddu walā nukadhiba biāyāti rabbinā wanakūna mina l-mu'minīna

English If you could but see when they are made to stand before the Fire and will say, "Oh, would that we could be returned [to life on earth] and not deny the signs of our Lord and be among the believers."

  1. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  2. تَرَىٰٓtarāyou (could) see
  3. إِذْidhwhen
  4. وُقِفُوا۟wuqifūthey are made to stand
  5. عَلَىʿalāby
  6. ٱلنَّارِl-nārithe Fire
  7. فَقَالُوا۟faqālūthen they (will) say
  8. يَـٰلَيْتَنَاyālaytanāOh! Would that we
  9. نُرَدُّnuradduwere sent back
  10. وَلَاwalāand not
  11. نُكَذِّبَnukadhibawe would deny
  12. بِـَٔايَـٰتِbiāyāti(the) Signs
  13. رَبِّنَاrabbinā(of) our Lord
  14. وَنَكُونَwanakūnaand we would be
  15. مِنَminaamong
  16. ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَl-mu'minīnathe believers

Verse 28

بَلْ بَدَا لَهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يُخْفُونَ مِن قَبْلُ ۖ وَلَوْ رُدُّوا۟ لَعَادُوا۟ لِمَا نُهُوا۟ عَنْهُ وَإِنَّهُمْ لَكَـٰذِبُونَ

Transliteration bal badā lahum mā kānū yukh'fūna min qablu walaw ruddū laʿādū limā nuhū ʿanhu wa-innahum lakādhibūna

English But what they concealed before has [now] appeared to them. And even if they were returned, they would return to that which they were forbidden; and indeed, they are liars.

  1. بَلْbalNay
  2. بَدَاbadābecame manifest
  3. لَهُمlahumfor them
  4. مَّاmāwhat
  5. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  6. يُخْفُونَyukh'fūnaconceal
  7. مِنminfrom
  8. قَبْلُ ۖqablubefore
  9. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  10. رُدُّوا۟ruddūthey were sent back
  11. لَعَادُوا۟laʿādūcertainly they (would) return
  12. لِمَاlimāto what
  13. نُهُوا۟nuhūthey were forbidden
  14. عَنْهُʿanhufrom it
  15. وَإِنَّهُمْwa-innahumand indeed they
  16. لَكَـٰذِبُونَlakādhibūnacertainly are liars

Verse 29

وَقَالُوٓا۟ إِنْ هِىَ إِلَّا حَيَاتُنَا ٱلدُّنْيَا وَمَا نَحْنُ بِمَبْعُوثِينَ

Transliteration waqālū in hiya illā ḥayātunā l-dun'yā wamā naḥnu bimabʿūthīna

English And they say, "There is none but our worldly life, and we will not be resurrected."

  1. وَقَالُوٓا۟waqālūAnd they said
  2. إِنْinNot
  3. هِىَhiyait (is)
  4. إِلَّاillāexcept
  5. حَيَاتُنَاḥayātunāour life
  6. ٱلدُّنْيَاl-dun'yā(of) the world
  7. وَمَاwamāand not
  8. نَحْنُnaḥnuwe
  9. بِمَبْعُوثِينَbimabʿūthīna(will be) resurrected

Verse 30

وَلَوْ تَرَىٰٓ إِذْ وُقِفُوا۟ عَلَىٰ رَبِّهِمْ ۚ قَالَ أَلَيْسَ هَـٰذَا بِٱلْحَقِّ ۚ قَالُوا۟ بَلَىٰ وَرَبِّنَا ۚ قَالَ فَذُوقُوا۟ ٱلْعَذَابَ بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَكْفُرُونَ

Transliteration walaw tarā idh wuqifū ʿalā rabbihim qāla alaysa hādhā bil-ḥaqi qālū balā warabbinā qāla fadhūqū l-ʿadhāba bimā kuntum takfurūna

English If you could but see when they will be made to stand before their Lord. He will say, "Is this not the truth?" They will say, "Yes, by our Lord." He will [then] say, "So taste the punishment for what you used to deny."

  1. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  2. تَرَىٰٓtarāyou (could) see
  3. إِذْidhwhen
  4. وُقِفُوا۟wuqifūthey will be made to stand
  5. عَلَىٰʿalābefore
  6. رَبِّهِمْ ۚrabbihimtheir Lord
  7. قَالَqālaHe (will) say
  8. أَلَيْسَalaysaIs not
  9. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  10. بِٱلْحَقِّ ۚbil-ḥaqithe truth
  11. قَالُوا۟qālūThey will say
  12. بَلَىٰbalāYes
  13. وَرَبِّنَا ۚwarabbināby our Lord
  14. قَالَqālaHe (will) say
  15. فَذُوقُوا۟fadhūqūSo taste
  16. ٱلْعَذَابَl-ʿadhābathe punishment
  17. بِمَاbimābecause
  18. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
  19. تَكْفُرُونَtakfurūnadisbelieve

Verse 31

قَدْ خَسِرَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِلِقَآءِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا جَآءَتْهُمُ ٱلسَّاعَةُ بَغْتَةً قَالُوا۟ يَـٰحَسْرَتَنَا عَلَىٰ مَا فَرَّطْنَا فِيهَا وَهُمْ يَحْمِلُونَ أَوْزَارَهُمْ عَلَىٰ ظُهُورِهِمْ ۚ أَلَا سَآءَ مَا يَزِرُونَ

Transliteration qad khasira alladhīna kadhabū biliqāi l-lahi ḥattā idhā jāathumu l-sāʿatu baghtatan qālū yāḥasratanā ʿalā mā farraṭnā fīhā wahum yaḥmilūna awzārahum ʿalā ẓuhūrihim alā sāa mā yazirūna

English Those will have lost who deny the meeting with Allāh, until when the Hour [of resurrection] comes upon them unexpectedly, they will say, "Oh, [how great is] our regret over what we neglected concerning it [i.e., the Hour]," while they bear their burdens [i.e., sins] on their backs. Unquestionably, evil is that which they bear.

  1. قَدْqadIndeed
  2. خَسِرَkhasiraincurred loss
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
  5. بِلِقَآءِbiliqāiin (the) meeting
  6. ٱللَّهِ ۖl-lahi(with) Allah
  7. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
  8. إِذَاidhāwhen
  9. جَآءَتْهُمُjāathumucame to them
  10. ٱلسَّاعَةُl-sāʿatuthe Hour
  11. بَغْتَةًۭbaghtatansuddenly
  12. قَالُوا۟qālūthey said
  13. يَـٰحَسْرَتَنَاyāḥasratanāOh! Our regret
  14. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  15. مَاmāwhat
  16. فَرَّطْنَاfarraṭnāwe neglected
  17. فِيهَاfīhāconcerning it
  18. وَهُمْwahumwhile they
  19. يَحْمِلُونَyaḥmilūnawill bear
  20. أَوْزَارَهُمْawzārahumtheir burdens
  21. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  22. ظُهُورِهِمْ ۚẓuhūrihimtheir backs
  23. أَلَاalāUnquestionably
  24. سَآءَsāaEvil
  25. مَاmā(is) what
  26. يَزِرُونَyazirūnathey bear

Verse 32

وَمَا ٱلْحَيَوٰةُ ٱلدُّنْيَآ إِلَّا لَعِبٌ وَلَهْوٌ ۖ وَلَلدَّارُ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةُ خَيْرٌ لِّلَّذِينَ يَتَّقُونَ ۗ أَفَلَا تَعْقِلُونَ

Transliteration wamā l-ḥayatu l-dun'yā illā laʿibun walahwun walalddāru l-ākhiratu khayrun lilladhīna yattaqūna afalā taʿqilūna

English And the worldly life is not but amusement and diversion; but the home of the Hereafter is best for those who fear Allāh, so will you not reason?

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. ٱلْحَيَوٰةُl-ḥayatu(is) the life
  3. ٱلدُّنْيَآl-dun'yā(of) the world
  4. إِلَّاillāexcept
  5. لَعِبٌۭlaʿibuna play
  6. وَلَهْوٌۭ ۖwalahwunand amusement
  7. وَلَلدَّارُwalalddārubut the home
  8. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةُl-ākhiratu(of) the Hereafter
  9. خَيْرٌۭkhayrun(is) best
  10. لِّلَّذِينَlilladhīnafor those who
  11. يَتَّقُونَ ۗyattaqūna(are) God conscious
  12. أَفَلَاafalāThen not
  13. تَعْقِلُونَtaʿqilūna(will) you reason

Verse 33

قَدْ نَعْلَمُ إِنَّهُۥ لَيَحْزُنُكَ ٱلَّذِى يَقُولُونَ ۖ فَإِنَّهُمْ لَا يُكَذِّبُونَكَ وَلَـٰكِنَّ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ بِـَٔايَـٰتِ ٱللَّهِ يَجْحَدُونَ

Transliteration qad naʿlamu innahu layaḥzunuka alladhī yaqūlūna fa-innahum lā yukadhibūnaka walākinna l-ẓālimīna biāyāti l-lahi yajḥadūna

English We know that you, [O Muḥammad], are saddened by what they say. And indeed, they do not call you untruthful, but it is the verses of Allāh that the wrongdoers reject.

  1. قَدْqadIndeed
  2. نَعْلَمُnaʿlamuWe know
  3. إِنَّهُۥinnahuthat it
  4. لَيَحْزُنُكَlayaḥzunukagrieves you
  5. ٱلَّذِىalladhīwhat
  6. يَقُولُونَ ۖyaqūlūnathey say
  7. فَإِنَّهُمْfa-innahumAnd indeed, they
  8. لَاlā(do) not
  9. يُكَذِّبُونَكَyukadhibūnakadeny you
  10. وَلَـٰكِنَّwalākinnabut
  11. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers
  12. بِـَٔايَـٰتِbiāyātithe Verses
  13. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  14. يَجْحَدُونَyajḥadūnathey reject

Verse 34

وَلَقَدْ كُذِّبَتْ رُسُلٌ مِّن قَبْلِكَ فَصَبَرُوا۟ عَلَىٰ مَا كُذِّبُوا۟ وَأُوذُوا۟ حَتَّىٰٓ أَتَىٰهُمْ نَصْرُنَا ۚ وَلَا مُبَدِّلَ لِكَلِمَـٰتِ ٱللَّهِ ۚ وَلَقَدْ جَآءَكَ مِن نَّبَإِى۟ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ

Transliteration walaqad kudhibat rusulun min qablika faṣabarū ʿalā mā kudhibū waūdhū ḥattā atāhum naṣrunā walā mubaddila likalimāti l-lahi walaqad jāaka min naba-i l-mur'salīna

English And certainly were messengers denied before you, but they were patient over the denial, and they were harmed until Our victory came to them. And none can alter the words [i.e., decrees] of Allāh. And there has certainly come to you some information about the [previous] messengers.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd surely
  2. كُذِّبَتْkudhibatwere rejected
  3. رُسُلٌۭrusulunMessengers
  4. مِّنminfrom
  5. قَبْلِكَqablikabefore you
  6. فَصَبَرُوا۟faṣabarūbut they were patient
  7. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  8. مَاmāwhat
  9. كُذِّبُوا۟kudhibūthey were rejected
  10. وَأُوذُوا۟waūdhūand they were harmed
  11. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
  12. أَتَىٰهُمْatāhumcame to them
  13. نَصْرُنَا ۚnaṣrunāOur help
  14. وَلَاwalāAnd no
  15. مُبَدِّلَmubaddilaone (can) alter
  16. لِكَلِمَـٰتِlikalimāti(the) words
  17. ٱللَّهِ ۚl-lahi(of) Allah
  18. وَلَقَدْwalaqadand surely
  19. جَآءَكَjāakahas come to you
  20. مِنminof
  21. نَّبَإِى۟naba-i(the) news
  22. ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَl-mur'salīna(of) the Messengers

Verse 35

وَإِن كَانَ كَبُرَ عَلَيْكَ إِعْرَاضُهُمْ فَإِنِ ٱسْتَطَعْتَ أَن تَبْتَغِىَ نَفَقًا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ أَوْ سُلَّمًا فِى ٱلسَّمَآءِ فَتَأْتِيَهُم بِـَٔايَةٍ ۚ وَلَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ لَجَمَعَهُمْ عَلَى ٱلْهُدَىٰ ۚ فَلَا تَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْجَـٰهِلِينَ

Transliteration wa-in kāna kabura ʿalayka iʿ'rāḍuhum fa-ini is'taṭaʿta an tabtaghiya nafaqan fī l-arḍi aw sullaman fī l-samāi fatatiyahum biāyatin walaw shāa l-lahu lajamaʿahum ʿalā l-hudā falā takūnanna mina l-jāhilīna

English And if their evasion is difficult for you, then if you are able to seek a tunnel into the earth or a stairway into the sky to bring them a sign, [then do so]. But if Allāh had willed, He would have united them upon guidance. So never be of the ignorant.

  1. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  2. كَانَkānais
  3. كَبُرَkaburadifficult
  4. عَلَيْكَʿalaykafor you
  5. إِعْرَاضُهُمْiʿ'rāḍuhumtheir aversion
  6. فَإِنِfa-inithen if
  7. ٱسْتَطَعْتَis'taṭaʿtayou are able
  8. أَنanto
  9. تَبْتَغِىَtabtaghiyaseek
  10. نَفَقًۭاnafaqana tunnel
  11. فِىfīin
  12. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  13. أَوْawor
  14. سُلَّمًۭاsullamana ladder
  15. فِىfīinto
  16. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe sky
  17. فَتَأْتِيَهُمfatatiyahumso that you bring to them
  18. بِـَٔايَةٍۢ ۚbiāyatina Sign
  19. وَلَوْwalawBut if
  20. شَآءَshāa(had) willed
  21. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  22. لَجَمَعَهُمْlajamaʿahumsurely He (would) have gathered them
  23. عَلَىʿalāon
  24. ٱلْهُدَىٰ ۚl-hudāthe guidance
  25. فَلَاfalāSo (do) not
  26. تَكُونَنَّtakūnannabe
  27. مِنَminaof
  28. ٱلْجَـٰهِلِينَl-jāhilīnathe ignorant

Verse 36

۞ إِنَّمَا يَسْتَجِيبُ ٱلَّذِينَ يَسْمَعُونَ ۘ وَٱلْمَوْتَىٰ يَبْعَثُهُمُ ٱللَّهُ ثُمَّ إِلَيْهِ يُرْجَعُونَ

Transliteration innamā yastajību alladhīna yasmaʿūna wal-mawtā yabʿathuhumu l-lahu thumma ilayhi yur'jaʿūna

English Only those who hear will respond. But the dead - Allāh will resurrect them; then to Him they will be returned.

  1. ۞ إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  2. يَسْتَجِيبُyastajīburespond
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. يَسْمَعُونَ ۘyasmaʿūnalisten
  5. وَٱلْمَوْتَىٰwal-mawtāBut the dead
  6. يَبْعَثُهُمُyabʿathuhumuwill resurrect them
  7. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  8. ثُمَّthummathen
  9. إِلَيْهِilayhito Him
  10. يُرْجَعُونَyur'jaʿūnathey will be returned

Verse 37

وَقَالُوا۟ لَوْلَا نُزِّلَ عَلَيْهِ ءَايَةٌ مِّن رَّبِّهِۦ ۚ قُلْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ قَادِرٌ عَلَىٰٓ أَن يُنَزِّلَ ءَايَةً وَلَـٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَهُمْ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration waqālū lawlā nuzzila ʿalayhi āyatun min rabbihi qul inna l-laha qādirun ʿalā an yunazzila āyatan walākinna aktharahum lā yaʿlamūna

English And they say, "Why has a sign not been sent down to him from his Lord?" Say, "Indeed, Allāh is Able to send down a sign, but most of them do not know."

  1. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they said
  2. لَوْلَاlawlāWhy (is) not
  3. نُزِّلَnuzzilasent down
  4. عَلَيْهِʿalayhito him
  5. ءَايَةٌۭāyatuna Sign
  6. مِّنminfrom
  7. رَّبِّهِۦ ۚrabbihihis Lord
  8. قُلْqulSay
  9. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  10. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  11. قَادِرٌqādirun(is) Able
  12. عَلَىٰٓʿalā[on]
  13. أَنanto
  14. يُنَزِّلَyunazzilasend down
  15. ءَايَةًۭāyatana Sign
  16. وَلَـٰكِنَّwalākinnabut
  17. أَكْثَرَهُمْaktharahummost of them
  18. لَاlā(do) not
  19. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnaknow

Verse 38

وَمَا مِن دَآبَّةٍ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَا طَـٰٓئِرٍ يَطِيرُ بِجَنَاحَيْهِ إِلَّآ أُمَمٌ أَمْثَالُكُم ۚ مَّا فَرَّطْنَا فِى ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ مِن شَىْءٍ ۚ ثُمَّ إِلَىٰ رَبِّهِمْ يُحْشَرُونَ

Transliteration wamā min dābbatin fī l-arḍi walā ṭāirin yaṭīru bijanāḥayhi illā umamun amthālukum mā farraṭnā fī l-kitābi min shayin thumma ilā rabbihim yuḥ'sharūna

English And there is no creature on [or within] the earth or bird that flies with its wings except [that they are] communities like you. We have not neglected in the Register a thing. Then unto their Lord they will be gathered.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. مِنmin[of]
  3. دَآبَّةٍۢdābbatinany animal
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  6. وَلَاwalāand not
  7. طَـٰٓئِرٍۢṭāirina bird
  8. يَطِيرُyaṭīru(that) flies
  9. بِجَنَاحَيْهِbijanāḥayhiwith its wings
  10. إِلَّآillābut
  11. أُمَمٌumamun(are) communities
  12. أَمْثَالُكُم ۚamthālukumlike you
  13. مَّاmāNot
  14. فَرَّطْنَاfarraṭnāWe have neglected
  15. فِىfīin
  16. ٱلْكِتَـٰبِl-kitābithe Book
  17. مِنmin[of]
  18. شَىْءٍۢ ۚshayinanything
  19. ثُمَّthummathen
  20. إِلَىٰilāto
  21. رَبِّهِمْrabbihimtheir Lord
  22. يُحْشَرُونَyuḥ'sharūnathey will be gathered

Verse 39

وَٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا صُمٌّ وَبُكْمٌ فِى ٱلظُّلُمَـٰتِ ۗ مَن يَشَإِ ٱللَّهُ يُضْلِلْهُ وَمَن يَشَأْ يَجْعَلْهُ عَلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍ مُّسْتَقِيمٍ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna kadhabū biāyātinā ṣummun wabuk'mun fī l-ẓulumāti man yasha-i l-lahu yuḍ'lil'hu waman yasha yajʿalhu ʿalā ṣirāṭin mus'taqīmin

English But those who deny Our verses are deaf and dumb within darknesses. Whomever Allāh wills - He sends astray; and whomever He wills - He puts him on a straight path.

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūrejected
  3. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināOur Verses
  4. صُمٌّۭṣummun(are) deaf
  5. وَبُكْمٌۭwabuk'munand dumb
  6. فِىfīin
  7. ٱلظُّلُمَـٰتِ ۗl-ẓulumātithe darkness[es]
  8. مَنmanWhoever
  9. يَشَإِyasha-iwills
  10. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  11. يُضْلِلْهُyuḍ'lil'huHe lets him go astray
  12. وَمَنwamanand whoever
  13. يَشَأْyashaHe wills
  14. يَجْعَلْهُyajʿalhuHe places him
  15. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  16. صِرَٰطٍۢṣirāṭin(the) way
  17. مُّسْتَقِيمٍۢmus'taqīmin(the) straight

Verse 40

قُلْ أَرَءَيْتَكُمْ إِنْ أَتَىٰكُمْ عَذَابُ ٱللَّهِ أَوْ أَتَتْكُمُ ٱلسَّاعَةُ أَغَيْرَ ٱللَّهِ تَدْعُونَ إِن كُنتُمْ صَـٰدِقِينَ

Transliteration qul ara-aytakum in atākum ʿadhābu l-lahi aw atatkumu l-sāʿatu aghayra l-lahi tadʿūna in kuntum ṣādiqīna

English Say, "Have you considered: if there came to you the punishment of Allāh or there came to you the Hour - is it other than Allāh you would invoke, if you should be truthful?"

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. أَرَءَيْتَكُمْara-aytakumHave you seen
  3. إِنْinif
  4. أَتَىٰكُمْatākum(there) came to you
  5. عَذَابُʿadhābupunishment
  6. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  7. أَوْawor
  8. أَتَتْكُمُatatkumu(there) came to you
  9. ٱلسَّاعَةُl-sāʿatuthe Hour
  10. أَغَيْرَaghayrais it other
  11. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(than) Allah
  12. تَدْعُونَtadʿūnayou call
  13. إِنinif
  14. كُنتُمْkuntumyou are
  15. صَـٰدِقِينَṣādiqīnatruthful

Verse 41

بَلْ إِيَّاهُ تَدْعُونَ فَيَكْشِفُ مَا تَدْعُونَ إِلَيْهِ إِن شَآءَ وَتَنسَوْنَ مَا تُشْرِكُونَ

Transliteration bal iyyāhu tadʿūna fayakshifu mā tadʿūna ilayhi in shāa watansawna mā tush'rikūna

English No, it is Him [alone] you would invoke, and He would remove that for which you invoked Him if He willed, and you would forget what you associate [with Him].

  1. بَلْbalNay
  2. إِيَّاهُiyyāhuHim Alone
  3. تَدْعُونَtadʿūnayou call
  4. فَيَكْشِفُfayakshifuand He would remove
  5. مَاmāwhat
  6. تَدْعُونَtadʿūnayou call
  7. إِلَيْهِilayhiupon Him
  8. إِنinif
  9. شَآءَshāaHe wills
  10. وَتَنسَوْنَwatansawnaand you will forget
  11. مَاmāwhat
  12. تُشْرِكُونَtush'rikūnayou associate (with Him)

Verse 42

وَلَقَدْ أَرْسَلْنَآ إِلَىٰٓ أُمَمٍ مِّن قَبْلِكَ فَأَخَذْنَـٰهُم بِٱلْبَأْسَآءِ وَٱلضَّرَّآءِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَتَضَرَّعُونَ

Transliteration walaqad arsalnā ilā umamin min qablika fa-akhadhnāhum bil-basāi wal-ḍarāi laʿallahum yataḍarraʿūna

English And We have already sent [messengers] to nations before you, [O Muḥammad]; then We seized them with poverty and hardship that perhaps they might humble themselves [to Us].

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  2. أَرْسَلْنَآarsalnāWe sent (Messengers)
  3. إِلَىٰٓilāto
  4. أُمَمٍۢumaminnations
  5. مِّنminfrom
  6. قَبْلِكَqablikabefore you
  7. فَأَخَذْنَـٰهُمfa-akhadhnāhumthen We seized them
  8. بِٱلْبَأْسَآءِbil-basāiwith adversity
  9. وَٱلضَّرَّآءِwal-ḍarāiand hardship
  10. لَعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
  11. يَتَضَرَّعُونَyataḍarraʿūnahumble themselves

Verse 43

فَلَوْلَآ إِذْ جَآءَهُم بَأْسُنَا تَضَرَّعُوا۟ وَلَـٰكِن قَسَتْ قُلُوبُهُمْ وَزَيَّنَ لَهُمُ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration falawlā idh jāahum basunā taḍarraʿū walākin qasat qulūbuhum wazayyana lahumu l-shayṭānu mā kānū yaʿmalūna

English Then why, when Our punishment came to them, did they not humble themselves? But their hearts became hardened, and Satan made attractive to them that which they were doing.

  1. فَلَوْلَآfalawlāThen why not
  2. إِذْidhwhen
  3. جَآءَهُمjāahumcame to them
  4. بَأْسُنَاbasunāOur punishment
  5. تَضَرَّعُوا۟taḍarraʿūthey humbled themselves
  6. وَلَـٰكِنwalākinBut
  7. قَسَتْqasatbecame hardened
  8. قُلُوبُهُمْqulūbuhumtheir hearts
  9. وَزَيَّنَwazayyanaand made fair-seeming
  10. لَهُمُlahumuto them
  11. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُl-shayṭānuthe Shaitaan
  12. مَاmāwhat
  13. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  14. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnado

Verse 44

فَلَمَّا نَسُوا۟ مَا ذُكِّرُوا۟ بِهِۦ فَتَحْنَا عَلَيْهِمْ أَبْوَٰبَ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا فَرِحُوا۟ بِمَآ أُوتُوٓا۟ أَخَذْنَـٰهُم بَغْتَةً فَإِذَا هُم مُّبْلِسُونَ

Transliteration falammā nasū mā dhukkirū bihi fataḥnā ʿalayhim abwāba kulli shayin ḥattā idhā fariḥū bimā ūtū akhadhnāhum baghtatan fa-idhā hum mub'lisūna

English So when they forgot that by which they had been reminded, We opened to them the doors of every [good] thing until, when they rejoiced in that which they were given, We seized them suddenly, and they were [then] in despair.

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāSo when
  2. نَسُوا۟nasūthey forgot
  3. مَاmāwhat
  4. ذُكِّرُوا۟dhukkirūthey were reminded
  5. بِهِۦbihiof [it]
  6. فَتَحْنَاfataḥnāWe opened
  7. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimon them
  8. أَبْوَٰبَabwābagates
  9. كُلِّkulli(of) every
  10. شَىْءٍshayinthing
  11. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
  12. إِذَاidhāwhen
  13. فَرِحُوا۟fariḥūthey rejoiced
  14. بِمَآbimāin what
  15. أُوتُوٓا۟ūtūthey were given
  16. أَخَذْنَـٰهُمakhadhnāhumWe seized them
  17. بَغْتَةًۭbaghtatansuddenly
  18. فَإِذَاfa-idhāand then
  19. هُمhumthey
  20. مُّبْلِسُونَmub'lisūna(were) dumbfounded

Verse 45

فَقُطِعَ دَابِرُ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا۟ ۚ وَٱلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration faquṭiʿa dābiru l-qawmi alladhīna ẓalamū wal-ḥamdu lillahi rabbi l-ʿālamīna

English So the people that committed wrong were eliminated. And praise to Allāh, Lord of the worlds.

  1. فَقُطِعَfaquṭiʿaSo was cut off
  2. دَابِرُdābiru(the) remnant
  3. ٱلْقَوْمِl-qawmi(of) the people
  4. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna[those] who
  5. ظَلَمُوا۟ ۚẓalamūdid wrong
  6. وَٱلْحَمْدُwal-ḥamduAnd all praises and thanks
  7. لِلَّهِlillahi(be) to Allah
  8. رَبِّrabbiLord
  9. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 46

قُلْ أَرَءَيْتُمْ إِنْ أَخَذَ ٱللَّهُ سَمْعَكُمْ وَأَبْصَـٰرَكُمْ وَخَتَمَ عَلَىٰ قُلُوبِكُم مَّنْ إِلَـٰهٌ غَيْرُ ٱللَّهِ يَأْتِيكُم بِهِ ۗ ٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ نُصَرِّفُ ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ ثُمَّ هُمْ يَصْدِفُونَ

Transliteration qul ara-aytum in akhadha l-lahu samʿakum wa-abṣārakum wakhatama ʿalā qulūbikum man ilāhun ghayru l-lahi yatīkum bihi unẓur kayfa nuṣarrifu l-āyāti thumma hum yaṣdifūna

English Say, "Have you considered: if Allāh should take away your hearing and your sight and set a seal upon your hearts, which deity other than Allāh could bring them [back] to you?" Look how We diversify the verses; then they [still] turn away.

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. أَرَءَيْتُمْara-aytumHave you seen
  3. إِنْinif
  4. أَخَذَakhadhatook away
  5. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  6. سَمْعَكُمْsamʿakumyour hearing
  7. وَأَبْصَـٰرَكُمْwa-abṣārakumand your sight
  8. وَخَتَمَwakhatamaand sealed
  9. عَلَىٰʿalā[on]
  10. قُلُوبِكُمqulūbikumyour hearts
  11. مَّنْmanwho
  12. إِلَـٰهٌilāhun(is the) god
  13. غَيْرُghayruother than
  14. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  15. يَأْتِيكُمyatīkumto bring [back] to you
  16. بِهِ ۗbihiwith it
  17. ٱنظُرْunẓurSee
  18. كَيْفَkayfahow
  19. نُصَرِّفُnuṣarrifuWe explain
  20. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِl-āyātithe Signs
  21. ثُمَّthummayet
  22. هُمْhumthey
  23. يَصْدِفُونَyaṣdifūnaturn away

Verse 47

قُلْ أَرَءَيْتَكُمْ إِنْ أَتَىٰكُمْ عَذَابُ ٱللَّهِ بَغْتَةً أَوْ جَهْرَةً هَلْ يُهْلَكُ إِلَّا ٱلْقَوْمُ ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَ

Transliteration qul ara-aytakum in atākum ʿadhābu l-lahi baghtatan aw jahratan hal yuh'laku illā l-qawmu l-ẓālimūna

English Say, "Have you considered: if the punishment of Allāh should come to you unexpectedly or manifestly, will any be destroyed but the wrongdoing people?"

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. أَرَءَيْتَكُمْara-aytakumHave you seen
  3. إِنْinif
  4. أَتَىٰكُمْatākumcomes to you
  5. عَذَابُʿadhābupunishment
  6. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  7. بَغْتَةًbaghtatansuddenly
  8. أَوْawor
  9. جَهْرَةًjahratanopenly
  10. هَلْhalwill
  11. يُهْلَكُyuh'laku(any) be destroyed
  12. إِلَّاillāexcept
  13. ٱلْقَوْمُl-qawmuthe people
  14. ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَl-ẓālimūnathe wrongdoers

Verse 48

وَمَا نُرْسِلُ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ إِلَّا مُبَشِّرِينَ وَمُنذِرِينَ ۖ فَمَنْ ءَامَنَ وَأَصْلَحَ فَلَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا هُمْ يَحْزَنُونَ

Transliteration wamā nur'silu l-mur'salīna illā mubashirīna wamundhirīna faman āmana wa-aṣlaḥa falā khawfun ʿalayhim walā hum yaḥzanūna

English And We send not the messengers except as bringers of good tidings and warners. So whoever believes and reforms - there will be no fear concerning them, nor will they grieve.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. نُرْسِلُnur'siluWe send
  3. ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَl-mur'salīnathe Messengers
  4. إِلَّاillāexcept
  5. مُبَشِّرِينَmubashirīna(as) bearer of glad tidings
  6. وَمُنذِرِينَ ۖwamundhirīnaand (as) warners
  7. فَمَنْfamanSo whoever
  8. ءَامَنَāmanabelieved
  9. وَأَصْلَحَwa-aṣlaḥaand reformed
  10. فَلَاfalāthen no
  11. خَوْفٌkhawfunfear
  12. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimupon them
  13. وَلَاwalāand not
  14. هُمْhumthey
  15. يَحْزَنُونَyaḥzanūnawill grieve

Verse 49

وَٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا يَمَسُّهُمُ ٱلْعَذَابُ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْسُقُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna kadhabū biāyātinā yamassuhumu l-ʿadhābu bimā kānū yafsuqūna

English But those who deny Our verses - the punishment will touch them for their defiant disobedience.

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
  3. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātinā[in] Our Verses
  4. يَمَسُّهُمُyamassuhumuwill touch them
  5. ٱلْعَذَابُl-ʿadhābuthe punishment
  6. بِمَاbimāfor what
  7. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  8. يَفْسُقُونَyafsuqūnadefiantly disobey

Verse 50

قُل لَّآ أَقُولُ لَكُمْ عِندِى خَزَآئِنُ ٱللَّهِ وَلَآ أَعْلَمُ ٱلْغَيْبَ وَلَآ أَقُولُ لَكُمْ إِنِّى مَلَكٌ ۖ إِنْ أَتَّبِعُ إِلَّا مَا يُوحَىٰٓ إِلَىَّ ۚ قُلْ هَلْ يَسْتَوِى ٱلْأَعْمَىٰ وَٱلْبَصِيرُ ۚ أَفَلَا تَتَفَكَّرُونَ

Transliteration qul lā aqūlu lakum ʿindī khazāinu l-lahi walā aʿlamu l-ghayba walā aqūlu lakum innī malakun in attabiʿu illā mā yūḥā ilayya qul hal yastawī l-aʿmā wal-baṣīru afalā tatafakkarūna

English Say, [O Muḥammad], "I do not tell you that I have the depositories [containing the provision] of Allāh or that I know the unseen, nor do I tell you that I am an angel. I only follow what is revealed to me." Say, "Is the blind equivalent to the seeing? Then will you not give thought?"

  1. قُلqulSay
  2. لَّآlāNot
  3. أَقُولُaqūlu(do) I say
  4. لَكُمْlakumto you
  5. عِندِىʿindī(that) with me
  6. خَزَآئِنُkhazāinu(are the) treasures
  7. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  8. وَلَآwalāand not
  9. أَعْلَمُaʿlamu(that) I know
  10. ٱلْغَيْبَl-ghaybathe unseen
  11. وَلَآwalāand not
  12. أَقُولُaqūluI say
  13. لَكُمْlakumto you
  14. إِنِّىinnīthat I (am)
  15. مَلَكٌ ۖmalakunan Angel
  16. إِنْinNot
  17. أَتَّبِعُattabiʿu(do) I follow
  18. إِلَّاillāexcept
  19. مَاmāwhat
  20. يُوحَىٰٓyūḥāis revealed
  21. إِلَىَّ ۚilayyato me
  22. قُلْqulSay
  23. هَلْhalCan
  24. يَسْتَوِىyastawībe equal
  25. ٱلْأَعْمَىٰl-aʿmāthe blind
  26. وَٱلْبَصِيرُ ۚwal-baṣīruand the seeing one
  27. أَفَلَاafalāThen will not
  28. تَتَفَكَّرُونَtatafakkarūnayou give thought

Verse 51

وَأَنذِرْ بِهِ ٱلَّذِينَ يَخَافُونَ أَن يُحْشَرُوٓا۟ إِلَىٰ رَبِّهِمْ ۙ لَيْسَ لَهُم مِّن دُونِهِۦ وَلِىٌّ وَلَا شَفِيعٌ لَّعَلَّهُمْ يَتَّقُونَ

Transliteration wa-andhir bihi alladhīna yakhāfūna an yuḥ'sharū ilā rabbihim laysa lahum min dūnihi waliyyun walā shafīʿun laʿallahum yattaqūna

English And warn by it [i.e., the Qur’ān] those who fear that they will be gathered before their Lord - for them besides Him will be no protector and no intercessor - that they might become righteous.

  1. وَأَنذِرْwa-andhirAnd warn
  2. بِهِbihiwith it
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. يَخَافُونَyakhāfūnafear
  5. أَنanthat
  6. يُحْشَرُوٓا۟yuḥ'sharūthey will be gathered
  7. إِلَىٰilāto
  8. رَبِّهِمْ ۙrabbihimtheir Lord
  9. لَيْسَlaysanot
  10. لَهُمlahumfor them
  11. مِّنminof
  12. دُونِهِۦdūnihiother than Him
  13. وَلِىٌّۭwaliyyunany protector
  14. وَلَاwalāand not
  15. شَفِيعٌۭshafīʿunany intercessor
  16. لَّعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
  17. يَتَّقُونَyattaqūna(become) righteous

Verse 52

وَلَا تَطْرُدِ ٱلَّذِينَ يَدْعُونَ رَبَّهُم بِٱلْغَدَوٰةِ وَٱلْعَشِىِّ يُرِيدُونَ وَجْهَهُۥ ۖ مَا عَلَيْكَ مِنْ حِسَابِهِم مِّن شَىْءٍ وَمَا مِنْ حِسَابِكَ عَلَيْهِم مِّن شَىْءٍ فَتَطْرُدَهُمْ فَتَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration walā taṭrudi alladhīna yadʿūna rabbahum bil-ghadati wal-ʿashiyi yurīdūna wajhahu mā ʿalayka min ḥisābihim min shayin wamā min ḥisābika ʿalayhim min shayin fataṭrudahum fatakūna mina l-ẓālimīna

English And do not send away those who call upon their Lord morning and afternoon, seeking His face [i.e., favor]. Not upon you is anything of their account and not upon them is anything of your account. So were you to send them away, you would [then] be of the wrongdoers.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تَطْرُدِtaṭrudisend away
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. يَدْعُونَyadʿūnacall
  5. رَبَّهُمrabbahumtheir Lord
  6. بِٱلْغَدَوٰةِbil-ghadatiin the morning
  7. وَٱلْعَشِىِّwal-ʿashiyiand the evening
  8. يُرِيدُونَyurīdūnadesiring
  9. وَجْهَهُۥ ۖwajhahuHis Countenance
  10. مَاmāNot
  11. عَلَيْكَʿalayka(is) on you
  12. مِنْminof
  13. حِسَابِهِمḥisābihimtheir account
  14. مِّنmin[of]
  15. شَىْءٍۢshayinanything
  16. وَمَاwamāand not
  17. مِنْminfrom
  18. حِسَابِكَḥisābikayour account
  19. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimon them
  20. مِّنmin[of]
  21. شَىْءٍۢshayinanything
  22. فَتَطْرُدَهُمْfataṭrudahumSo were you to send them away
  23. فَتَكُونَfatakūnathen you would be
  24. مِنَminaof
  25. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers

Verse 53

وَكَذَٰلِكَ فَتَنَّا بَعْضَهُم بِبَعْضٍ لِّيَقُولُوٓا۟ أَهَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ مَنَّ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْهِم مِّنۢ بَيْنِنَآ ۗ أَلَيْسَ ٱللَّهُ بِأَعْلَمَ بِٱلشَّـٰكِرِينَ

Transliteration wakadhālika fatannā baʿḍahum bibaʿḍin liyaqūlū ahāulāi manna l-lahu ʿalayhim min bayninā alaysa l-lahu bi-aʿlama bil-shākirīna

English And thus We have tried some of them through others that they [i.e., the disbelievers] might say, "Is it these whom Allāh has favored among us?" Is not Allāh most knowing of those who are grateful?

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  2. فَتَنَّاfatannāWe try
  3. بَعْضَهُمbaʿḍahumsome of them
  4. بِبَعْضٍۢbibaʿḍinwith others
  5. لِّيَقُولُوٓا۟liyaqūlūthat they say
  6. أَهَـٰٓؤُلَآءِahāulāiAre these
  7. مَنَّmanna(whom has been) favored
  8. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
  9. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhim[upon them]
  10. مِّنۢminfrom
  11. بَيْنِنَآ ۗbaynināamong us
  12. أَلَيْسَalaysais not
  13. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  14. بِأَعْلَمَbi-aʿlamamost knowing
  15. بِٱلشَّـٰكِرِينَbil-shākirīnaof those who are grateful

Verse 54

وَإِذَا جَآءَكَ ٱلَّذِينَ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا فَقُلْ سَلَـٰمٌ عَلَيْكُمْ ۖ كَتَبَ رَبُّكُمْ عَلَىٰ نَفْسِهِ ٱلرَّحْمَةَ ۖ أَنَّهُۥ مَنْ عَمِلَ مِنكُمْ سُوٓءًۢا بِجَهَـٰلَةٍ ثُمَّ تَابَ مِنۢ بَعْدِهِۦ وَأَصْلَحَ فَأَنَّهُۥ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Transliteration wa-idhā jāaka alladhīna yu'minūna biāyātinā faqul salāmun ʿalaykum kataba rabbukum ʿalā nafsihi l-raḥmata annahu man ʿamila minkum sūan bijahālatin thumma tāba min baʿdihi wa-aṣlaḥa fa-annahu ghafūrun raḥīmun

English And when those come to you who believe in Our verses, say, "Peace be upon you. Your Lord has decreed upon Himself mercy: that any of you who does wrong out of ignorance and then repents after that and corrects himself - indeed, He is Forgiving and Merciful."

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. جَآءَكَjāakacome to you
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve
  5. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināin Our Verses
  6. فَقُلْfaqulthen say
  7. سَلَـٰمٌsalāmunPeace
  8. عَلَيْكُمْ ۖʿalaykum(be) upon you
  9. كَتَبَkataba(Has) Prescribed
  10. رَبُّكُمْrabbukumyour Lord
  11. عَلَىٰʿalāupon
  12. نَفْسِهِnafsihiHimself
  13. ٱلرَّحْمَةَ ۖl-raḥmatathe Mercy
  14. أَنَّهُۥannahuthat he
  15. مَنْmanwho
  16. عَمِلَʿamiladoes
  17. مِنكُمْminkumamong you
  18. سُوٓءًۢاsūanevil
  19. بِجَهَـٰلَةٍۢbijahālatinin ignorance
  20. ثُمَّthummathen
  21. تَابَtābarepents
  22. مِنۢminfrom
  23. بَعْدِهِۦbaʿdihiafter it
  24. وَأَصْلَحَwa-aṣlaḥaand reforms
  25. فَأَنَّهُۥfa-annahuthen, indeed He
  26. غَفُورٌۭghafūrun(is) Oft-Forgiving
  27. رَّحِيمٌۭraḥīmunMost Merciful

Verse 55

وَكَذَٰلِكَ نُفَصِّلُ ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ وَلِتَسْتَبِينَ سَبِيلُ ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ

Transliteration wakadhālika nufaṣṣilu l-āyāti walitastabīna sabīlu l-muj'rimīna

English And thus do We detail the verses, and [thus] the way of the criminals will become evident.

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  2. نُفَصِّلُnufaṣṣiluWe explain
  3. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِl-āyātithe Verses
  4. وَلِتَسْتَبِينَwalitastabīnaso that becomes manifest
  5. سَبِيلُsabīlu(the) way
  6. ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَl-muj'rimīna(of) the criminals

Verse 56

قُلْ إِنِّى نُهِيتُ أَنْ أَعْبُدَ ٱلَّذِينَ تَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ ۚ قُل لَّآ أَتَّبِعُ أَهْوَآءَكُمْ ۙ قَدْ ضَلَلْتُ إِذًا وَمَآ أَنَا۠ مِنَ ٱلْمُهْتَدِينَ

Transliteration qul innī nuhītu an aʿbuda alladhīna tadʿūna min dūni l-lahi qul lā attabiʿu ahwāakum qad ḍalaltu idhan wamā anā mina l-muh'tadīna

English Say, "Indeed, I have been forbidden to worship those you invoke besides Allāh." Say, "I will not follow your desires, for I would then have gone astray, and I would not be of the [rightly] guided."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. إِنِّىinnīIndeed I
  3. نُهِيتُnuhītu[I] am forbidden
  4. أَنْanthat
  5. أَعْبُدَaʿbudaI worship
  6. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose whom
  7. تَدْعُونَtadʿūnayou call
  8. مِنminfrom
  9. دُونِdūnibesides
  10. ٱللَّهِ ۚl-lahiAllah
  11. قُلqulSay
  12. لَّآlāNot
  13. أَتَّبِعُattabiʿuI follow
  14. أَهْوَآءَكُمْ ۙahwāakumyour (vain) desires
  15. قَدْqadcertainly
  16. ضَلَلْتُḍalaltuI would go astray
  17. إِذًۭاidhanthen
  18. وَمَآwamāand not
  19. أَنَا۠anāI (would be)
  20. مِنَminafrom
  21. ٱلْمُهْتَدِينَl-muh'tadīnathe guided-ones

Verse 57

قُلْ إِنِّى عَلَىٰ بَيِّنَةٍ مِّن رَّبِّى وَكَذَّبْتُم بِهِۦ ۚ مَا عِندِى مَا تَسْتَعْجِلُونَ بِهِۦٓ ۚ إِنِ ٱلْحُكْمُ إِلَّا لِلَّهِ ۖ يَقُصُّ ٱلْحَقَّ ۖ وَهُوَ خَيْرُ ٱلْفَـٰصِلِينَ

Transliteration qul innī ʿalā bayyinatin min rabbī wakadhabtum bihi mā ʿindī mā tastaʿjilūna bihi ini l-ḥuk'mu illā lillahi yaquṣṣu l-ḥaqa wahuwa khayru l-fāṣilīna

English Say, "Indeed, I am on clear evidence from my Lord, and you have denied it. I do not have that for which you are impatient. The decision is only for Allāh. He relates the truth, and He is the best of deciders."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I (am)
  3. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  4. بَيِّنَةٍۢbayyinatinclear proof
  5. مِّنminfrom
  6. رَّبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  7. وَكَذَّبْتُمwakadhabtumwhile you deny
  8. بِهِۦ ۚbihi[with] it
  9. مَاmāNot
  10. عِندِىʿindīI have
  11. مَاmāwhat
  12. تَسْتَعْجِلُونَtastaʿjilūnayou seek to hasten
  13. بِهِۦٓ ۚbihiof it
  14. إِنِiniNot
  15. ٱلْحُكْمُl-ḥuk'mu(is) the decision
  16. إِلَّاillāexcept
  17. لِلَّهِ ۖlillahifor Allah
  18. يَقُصُّyaquṣṣuHe relates
  19. ٱلْحَقَّ ۖl-ḥaqathe truth
  20. وَهُوَwahuwaand He
  21. خَيْرُkhayru(is the) best
  22. ٱلْفَـٰصِلِينَl-fāṣilīna(of) the Deciders

Verse 58

قُل لَّوْ أَنَّ عِندِى مَا تَسْتَعْجِلُونَ بِهِۦ لَقُضِىَ ٱلْأَمْرُ بَيْنِى وَبَيْنَكُمْ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ بِٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration qul law anna ʿindī mā tastaʿjilūna bihi laquḍiya l-amru baynī wabaynakum wal-lahu aʿlamu bil-ẓālimīna

English Say, "If I had that for which you are impatient, the matter would have been decided between me and you, but Allāh is most knowing of the wrongdoers."

  1. قُلqulSay
  2. لَّوْlawIf
  3. أَنَّannathat
  4. عِندِىʿindī(were) with me
  5. مَاmāwhat
  6. تَسْتَعْجِلُونَtastaʿjilūnayou seek to hasten
  7. بِهِۦbihiof it
  8. لَقُضِىَlaquḍiyasurely would have been decided
  9. ٱلْأَمْرُl-amruthe matter
  10. بَيْنِىbaynībetween me
  11. وَبَيْنَكُمْ ۗwabaynakumand between you
  12. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  13. أَعْلَمُaʿlamu(is) most knowing
  14. بِٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَbil-ẓālimīnaof the wrongdoers

Verse 59

۞ وَعِندَهُۥ مَفَاتِحُ ٱلْغَيْبِ لَا يَعْلَمُهَآ إِلَّا هُوَ ۚ وَيَعْلَمُ مَا فِى ٱلْبَرِّ وَٱلْبَحْرِ ۚ وَمَا تَسْقُطُ مِن وَرَقَةٍ إِلَّا يَعْلَمُهَا وَلَا حَبَّةٍ فِى ظُلُمَـٰتِ ٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَا رَطْبٍ وَلَا يَابِسٍ إِلَّا فِى كِتَـٰبٍ مُّبِينٍ

Transliteration waʿindahu mafātiḥu l-ghaybi lā yaʿlamuhā illā huwa wayaʿlamu mā fī l-bari wal-baḥri wamā tasquṭu min waraqatin illā yaʿlamuhā walā ḥabbatin fī ẓulumāti l-arḍi walā raṭbin walā yābisin illā fī kitābin mubīnin

English And with Him are the keys of the unseen; none knows them except Him. And He knows what is on the land and in the sea. Not a leaf falls but that He knows it. And no grain is there within the darknesses of the earth and no moist or dry [thing] but that it is [written] in a clear record.

  1. ۞ وَعِندَهُۥwaʿindahuAnd with Him
  2. مَفَاتِحُmafātiḥu(are the) keys
  3. ٱلْغَيْبِl-ghaybi(of) the unseen
  4. لَاlāno (one)
  5. يَعْلَمُهَآyaʿlamuhāknows them
  6. إِلَّاillāexcept
  7. هُوَ ۚhuwaHim
  8. وَيَعْلَمُwayaʿlamuAnd He knows
  9. مَاmāwhat
  10. فِىfī(is) in
  11. ٱلْبَرِّl-barithe land
  12. وَٱلْبَحْرِ ۚwal-baḥriand in the sea
  13. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  14. تَسْقُطُtasquṭufalls
  15. مِنminof
  16. وَرَقَةٍwaraqatinany leaf
  17. إِلَّاillābut
  18. يَعْلَمُهَاyaʿlamuhāHe knows it
  19. وَلَاwalāAnd not
  20. حَبَّةٍۢḥabbatina grain
  21. فِىfīin
  22. ظُلُمَـٰتِẓulumātithe darkness[es]
  23. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍi(of) the earth
  24. وَلَاwalāand not
  25. رَطْبٍۢraṭbinmoist
  26. وَلَاwalāand not
  27. يَابِسٍyābisindry
  28. إِلَّاillābut
  29. فِىfī(is) in
  30. كِتَـٰبٍۢkitābina Record
  31. مُّبِينٍۢmubīninClear

Verse 60

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى يَتَوَفَّىٰكُم بِٱلَّيْلِ وَيَعْلَمُ مَا جَرَحْتُم بِٱلنَّهَارِ ثُمَّ يَبْعَثُكُمْ فِيهِ لِيُقْضَىٰٓ أَجَلٌ مُّسَمًّى ۖ ثُمَّ إِلَيْهِ مَرْجِعُكُمْ ثُمَّ يُنَبِّئُكُم بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī yatawaffākum bi-al-layli wayaʿlamu mā jaraḥtum bil-nahāri thumma yabʿathukum fīhi liyuq'ḍā ajalun musamman thumma ilayhi marjiʿukum thumma yunabbi-ukum bimā kuntum taʿmalūna

English And it is He who takes your souls by night and knows what you have committed by day. Then He revives you therein [i.e., by day] that a specified term may be fulfilled. Then to Him will be your return; then He will inform you about what you used to do.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. يَتَوَفَّىٰكُمyatawaffākumtakes your (soul)
  4. بِٱلَّيْلِbi-al-layliby the night
  5. وَيَعْلَمُwayaʿlamuand He knows
  6. مَاmāwhat
  7. جَرَحْتُمjaraḥtumyou committed
  8. بِٱلنَّهَارِbil-nahāriby the day
  9. ثُمَّthummaThen
  10. يَبْعَثُكُمْyabʿathukumHe raises you up
  11. فِيهِfīhitherein
  12. لِيُقْضَىٰٓliyuq'ḍāso that is fulfilled
  13. أَجَلٌۭajalun(the) term
  14. مُّسَمًّۭى ۖmusammanspecified
  15. ثُمَّthummaThen
  16. إِلَيْهِilayhito Him
  17. مَرْجِعُكُمْmarjiʿukumwill be your return
  18. ثُمَّthummathen
  19. يُنَبِّئُكُمyunabbi-ukumHe will inform you
  20. بِمَاbimāabout what
  21. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
  22. تَعْمَلُونَtaʿmalūnado

Verse 61

وَهُوَ ٱلْقَاهِرُ فَوْقَ عِبَادِهِۦ ۖ وَيُرْسِلُ عَلَيْكُمْ حَفَظَةً حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا جَآءَ أَحَدَكُمُ ٱلْمَوْتُ تَوَفَّتْهُ رُسُلُنَا وَهُمْ لَا يُفَرِّطُونَ

Transliteration wahuwa l-qāhiru fawqa ʿibādihi wayur'silu ʿalaykum ḥafaẓatan ḥattā idhā jāa aḥadakumu l-mawtu tawaffathu rusulunā wahum lā yufarriṭūna

English And He is the subjugator over His servants, and He sends over you guardian-angels until, when death comes to one of you, Our messengers [i.e., angels of death] take him, and they do not fail [in their duties].

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلْقَاهِرُl-qāhiru(is) the Subjugator
  3. فَوْقَfawqaover
  4. عِبَادِهِۦ ۖʿibādihiHis slaves
  5. وَيُرْسِلُwayur'siluand He sends
  6. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumover you
  7. حَفَظَةًḥafaẓatanguardians
  8. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
  9. إِذَاidhāwhen
  10. جَآءَjāacomes
  11. أَحَدَكُمُaḥadakumu(to) anyone of you
  12. ٱلْمَوْتُl-mawtuthe death
  13. تَوَفَّتْهُtawaffathutake him
  14. رُسُلُنَاrusulunāOur messengers
  15. وَهُمْwahumand they
  16. لَاlā(do) not
  17. يُفَرِّطُونَyufarriṭūnafail

Verse 62

ثُمَّ رُدُّوٓا۟ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ مَوْلَىٰهُمُ ٱلْحَقِّ ۚ أَلَا لَهُ ٱلْحُكْمُ وَهُوَ أَسْرَعُ ٱلْحَـٰسِبِينَ

Transliteration thumma ruddū ilā l-lahi mawlāhumu l-ḥaqi alā lahu l-ḥuk'mu wahuwa asraʿu l-ḥāsibīna

English Then they [i.e., His servants] are returned to Allāh, their true Lord. Unquestionably, His is the judgement, and He is the swiftest of accountants.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. رُدُّوٓا۟ruddūthey are returned
  3. إِلَىilāto
  4. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  5. مَوْلَىٰهُمُmawlāhumutheir Protector
  6. ٱلْحَقِّ ۚl-ḥaqi[the] True
  7. أَلَاalāUnquestionably
  8. لَهُlahufor Him
  9. ٱلْحُكْمُl-ḥuk'mu(is) the judgment
  10. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  11. أَسْرَعُasraʿu(is) swiftest
  12. ٱلْحَـٰسِبِينَl-ḥāsibīna(of) the Reckoners

Verse 63

قُلْ مَن يُنَجِّيكُم مِّن ظُلُمَـٰتِ ٱلْبَرِّ وَٱلْبَحْرِ تَدْعُونَهُۥ تَضَرُّعًا وَخُفْيَةً لَّئِنْ أَنجَىٰنَا مِنْ هَـٰذِهِۦ لَنَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلشَّـٰكِرِينَ

Transliteration qul man yunajjīkum min ẓulumāti l-bari wal-baḥri tadʿūnahu taḍarruʿan wakhuf'yatan la-in anjānā min hādhihi lanakūnanna mina l-shākirīna

English Say, "Who rescues you from the darknesses of the land and sea [when] you call upon Him imploring [aloud] and privately, 'If He should save us from this [crisis], we will surely be among the thankful.'"

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. مَنmanWho
  3. يُنَجِّيكُمyunajjīkumsaves you
  4. مِّنminfrom
  5. ظُلُمَـٰتِẓulumātidarkness[es]
  6. ٱلْبَرِّl-bari(of) the land
  7. وَٱلْبَحْرِwal-baḥriand the sea
  8. تَدْعُونَهُۥtadʿūnahuyou call Him
  9. تَضَرُّعًۭاtaḍarruʿanhumbly
  10. وَخُفْيَةًۭwakhuf'yatanand secretly
  11. لَّئِنْla-inIf
  12. أَنجَىٰنَاanjānāHe saves us
  13. مِنْminfrom
  14. هَـٰذِهِۦhādhihithis
  15. لَنَكُونَنَّlanakūnannasurely we will be
  16. مِنَminafrom
  17. ٱلشَّـٰكِرِينَl-shākirīnathe grateful ones

Verse 64

قُلِ ٱللَّهُ يُنَجِّيكُم مِّنْهَا وَمِن كُلِّ كَرْبٍ ثُمَّ أَنتُمْ تُشْرِكُونَ

Transliteration quli l-lahu yunajjīkum min'hā wamin kulli karbin thumma antum tush'rikūna

English Say, "It is Allāh who saves you from it and from every distress; then you [still] associate others with Him."

  1. قُلِquliSay
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  3. يُنَجِّيكُمyunajjīkumsaves you
  4. مِّنْهَاmin'hāfrom it
  5. وَمِنwaminand from
  6. كُلِّkullievery
  7. كَرْبٍۢkarbindistress
  8. ثُمَّthummayet
  9. أَنتُمْantumyou
  10. تُشْرِكُونَtush'rikūnaassociate partners (with Allah)

Verse 65

قُلْ هُوَ ٱلْقَادِرُ عَلَىٰٓ أَن يَبْعَثَ عَلَيْكُمْ عَذَابًا مِّن فَوْقِكُمْ أَوْ مِن تَحْتِ أَرْجُلِكُمْ أَوْ يَلْبِسَكُمْ شِيَعًا وَيُذِيقَ بَعْضَكُم بَأْسَ بَعْضٍ ۗ ٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ نُصَرِّفُ ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَفْقَهُونَ

Transliteration qul huwa l-qādiru ʿalā an yabʿatha ʿalaykum ʿadhāban min fawqikum aw min taḥti arjulikum aw yalbisakum shiyaʿan wayudhīqa baʿḍakum basa baʿḍin unẓur kayfa nuṣarrifu l-āyāti laʿallahum yafqahūna

English Say, "He is the [one] Able to send upon you affliction from above you or from beneath your feet or to confuse you [so you become] sects and make you taste the violence of one another." Look how We diversify the signs that they might understand.

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. هُوَhuwaHe
  3. ٱلْقَادِرُl-qādiru(is) All-Capable
  4. عَلَىٰٓʿalā[on]
  5. أَنanto
  6. يَبْعَثَyabʿathasend
  7. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumupon you
  8. عَذَابًۭاʿadhābanpunishment
  9. مِّنminfrom
  10. فَوْقِكُمْfawqikumabove you
  11. أَوْawor
  12. مِنminfrom
  13. تَحْتِtaḥtibeneath
  14. أَرْجُلِكُمْarjulikumyour feet
  15. أَوْawor
  16. يَلْبِسَكُمْyalbisakum(to) confuse you
  17. شِيَعًۭاshiyaʿan(into) sects
  18. وَيُذِيقَwayudhīqaand make (you) taste
  19. بَعْضَكُمbaʿḍakumsome of you
  20. بَأْسَbasaviolence
  21. بَعْضٍ ۗbaʿḍin(of) others
  22. ٱنظُرْunẓurSee
  23. كَيْفَkayfahow
  24. نُصَرِّفُnuṣarrifuWe explain
  25. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِl-āyātithe Signs
  26. لَعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
  27. يَفْقَهُونَyafqahūnaunderstand

Verse 66

وَكَذَّبَ بِهِۦ قَوْمُكَ وَهُوَ ٱلْحَقُّ ۚ قُل لَّسْتُ عَلَيْكُم بِوَكِيلٍ

Transliteration wakadhaba bihi qawmuka wahuwa l-ḥaqu qul lastu ʿalaykum biwakīlin

English But your people have denied it while it is the truth. Say, "I am not over you a manager [i.e., authority]."

  1. وَكَذَّبَwakadhabaBut denied
  2. بِهِۦbihiit
  3. قَوْمُكَqawmukayour people
  4. وَهُوَwahuwawhile it
  5. ٱلْحَقُّ ۚl-ḥaqu(is) the truth
  6. قُلqulSay
  7. لَّسْتُlastuI am not
  8. عَلَيْكُمʿalaykumover you
  9. بِوَكِيلٍۢbiwakīlina manager

Verse 67

لِّكُلِّ نَبَإٍ مُّسْتَقَرٌّ ۚ وَسَوْفَ تَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration likulli naba-in mus'taqarrun wasawfa taʿlamūna

English For every news [i.e., happening] is a finality; and you are going to know.

  1. لِّكُلِّlikulliFor every
  2. نَبَإٍۢnaba-innews
  3. مُّسْتَقَرٌّۭ ۚmus'taqarrun(is) a fixed time
  4. وَسَوْفَwasawfaand soon
  5. تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnayou will know

Verse 68

وَإِذَا رَأَيْتَ ٱلَّذِينَ يَخُوضُونَ فِىٓ ءَايَـٰتِنَا فَأَعْرِضْ عَنْهُمْ حَتَّىٰ يَخُوضُوا۟ فِى حَدِيثٍ غَيْرِهِۦ ۚ وَإِمَّا يُنسِيَنَّكَ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُ فَلَا تَقْعُدْ بَعْدَ ٱلذِّكْرَىٰ مَعَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration wa-idhā ra-ayta alladhīna yakhūḍūna fī āyātinā fa-aʿriḍ ʿanhum ḥattā yakhūḍū fī ḥadīthin ghayrihi wa-immā yunsiyannaka l-shayṭānu falā taqʿud baʿda l-dhik'rā maʿa l-qawmi l-ẓālimīna

English And when you see those who engage in [offensive] discourse concerning Our verses, then turn away from them until they enter into another conversation. And if Satan should cause you to forget, then do not remain after the reminder with the wrongdoing people.

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. رَأَيْتَra-aytayou see
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. يَخُوضُونَyakhūḍūnaengage (in vain talks)
  5. فِىٓfīabout
  6. ءَايَـٰتِنَاāyātināOur Verses
  7. فَأَعْرِضْfa-aʿriḍthen turn away
  8. عَنْهُمْʿanhumfrom them
  9. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  10. يَخُوضُوا۟yakhūḍūthey engage
  11. فِىfīin
  12. حَدِيثٍḥadīthina talk
  13. غَيْرِهِۦ ۚghayrihiother than it
  14. وَإِمَّاwa-immāAnd if
  15. يُنسِيَنَّكَyunsiyannakacauses you to forget
  16. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُl-shayṭānuthe Shaitaan
  17. فَلَاfalāthen (do) not
  18. تَقْعُدْtaqʿudsit
  19. بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
  20. ٱلذِّكْرَىٰl-dhik'rāthe reminder
  21. مَعَmaʿawith
  22. ٱلْقَوْمِl-qawmithe people
  23. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers

Verse 69

وَمَا عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ يَتَّقُونَ مِنْ حِسَابِهِم مِّن شَىْءٍ وَلَـٰكِن ذِكْرَىٰ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَتَّقُونَ

Transliteration wamā ʿalā alladhīna yattaqūna min ḥisābihim min shayin walākin dhik'rā laʿallahum yattaqūna

English And those who fear Allāh are not held accountable for them [i.e., the disbelievers] at all, but [only for] a reminder - that perhaps they will fear Him.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. عَلَىʿalā(is) on
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. يَتَّقُونَyattaqūnafear (Allah)
  5. مِنْminof
  6. حِسَابِهِمḥisābihimtheir account
  7. مِّنmin[of]
  8. شَىْءٍۢshayinanything
  9. وَلَـٰكِنwalākinbut
  10. ذِكْرَىٰdhik'rā(for) reminder
  11. لَعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
  12. يَتَّقُونَyattaqūnafear (Allah)

Verse 70

وَذَرِ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ دِينَهُمْ لَعِبًا وَلَهْوًا وَغَرَّتْهُمُ ٱلْحَيَوٰةُ ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚ وَذَكِّرْ بِهِۦٓ أَن تُبْسَلَ نَفْسٌۢ بِمَا كَسَبَتْ لَيْسَ لَهَا مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ وَلِىٌّ وَلَا شَفِيعٌ وَإِن تَعْدِلْ كُلَّ عَدْلٍ لَّا يُؤْخَذْ مِنْهَآ ۗ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُبْسِلُوا۟ بِمَا كَسَبُوا۟ ۖ لَهُمْ شَرَابٌ مِّنْ حَمِيمٍ وَعَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌۢ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَكْفُرُونَ

Transliteration wadhari alladhīna ittakhadhū dīnahum laʿiban walahwan wagharrathumu l-ḥayatu l-dun'yā wadhakkir bihi an tub'sala nafsun bimā kasabat laysa lahā min dūni l-lahi waliyyun walā shafīʿun wa-in taʿdil kulla ʿadlin lā yu'khadh min'hā ulāika alladhīna ub'silū bimā kasabū lahum sharābun min ḥamīmin waʿadhābun alīmun bimā kānū yakfurūna

English And leave those who take their religion as amusement and diversion and whom the worldly life has deluded. But remind with it [i.e., the Qur’ān], lest a soul be given up to destruction for what it earned; it will have other than Allāh no protector and no intercessor. And if it should offer every compensation, it would not be taken from it [i.e., that soul]. Those are the ones who are given to destruction for what they have earned. For them will be a drink of scalding water and a painful punishment because they used to disbelieve.

  1. وَذَرِwadhariAnd leave
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ittakhadhūtake
  4. دِينَهُمْdīnahumtheir religion
  5. لَعِبًۭاlaʿiban(as) a play
  6. وَلَهْوًۭاwalahwanand amusement
  7. وَغَرَّتْهُمُwagharrathumuand deluded them
  8. ٱلْحَيَوٰةُl-ḥayatuthe life
  9. ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚl-dun'yā(of) the world
  10. وَذَكِّرْwadhakkirBut remind
  11. بِهِۦٓbihiwith it
  12. أَنanlest
  13. تُبْسَلَtub'salais given up to destruction
  14. نَفْسٌۢnafsuna soul
  15. بِمَاbimāfor what
  16. كَسَبَتْkasabatit (has) earned
  17. لَيْسَlaysanot
  18. لَهَاlahā(is) for it
  19. مِنminfrom
  20. دُونِdūnibesides
  21. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  22. وَلِىٌّۭwaliyyunany protector
  23. وَلَاwalāand not
  24. شَفِيعٌۭshafīʿunany intercessor
  25. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  26. تَعْدِلْtaʿdilit offers ransom
  27. كُلَّkullaevery
  28. عَدْلٍۢʿadlinransom
  29. لَّاlānot
  30. يُؤْخَذْyu'khadhwill it be taken
  31. مِنْهَآ ۗmin'hāfrom it
  32. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  33. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(are) ones who
  34. أُبْسِلُوا۟ub'silūare given to destruction
  35. بِمَاbimāfor what
  36. كَسَبُوا۟ ۖkasabūthey earned
  37. لَهُمْlahumFor them
  38. شَرَابٌۭsharābun(will be) a drink
  39. مِّنْminof
  40. حَمِيمٍۢḥamīminboiling water
  41. وَعَذَابٌwaʿadhābunand a punishment
  42. أَلِيمٌۢalīmunpainful
  43. بِمَاbimābecause
  44. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  45. يَكْفُرُونَyakfurūnadisbelieve

Verse 71

قُلْ أَنَدْعُوا۟ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا يَنفَعُنَا وَلَا يَضُرُّنَا وَنُرَدُّ عَلَىٰٓ أَعْقَابِنَا بَعْدَ إِذْ هَدَىٰنَا ٱللَّهُ كَٱلَّذِى ٱسْتَهْوَتْهُ ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينُ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ حَيْرَانَ لَهُۥٓ أَصْحَـٰبٌ يَدْعُونَهُۥٓ إِلَى ٱلْهُدَى ٱئْتِنَا ۗ قُلْ إِنَّ هُدَى ٱللَّهِ هُوَ ٱلْهُدَىٰ ۖ وَأُمِرْنَا لِنُسْلِمَ لِرَبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration qul anadʿū min dūni l-lahi mā lā yanfaʿunā walā yaḍurrunā wanuraddu ʿalā aʿqābinā baʿda idh hadānā l-lahu ka-alladhī is'tahwathu l-shayāṭīnu fī l-arḍi ḥayrāna lahu aṣḥābun yadʿūnahu ilā l-hudā i'tinā qul inna hudā l-lahi huwa l-hudā wa-umir'nā linus'lima lirabbi l-ʿālamīna

English Say, "Shall we invoke instead of Allāh that which neither benefits us nor harms us and be turned back on our heels after Allāh has guided us? [We would then be] like one whom the devils enticed [to wander] upon the earth confused, [while] he has companions inviting him to guidance, [calling], 'Come to us.'" Say, "Indeed, the guidance of Allāh is the [only] guidance; and we have been commanded to submit to the Lord of the worlds.

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. أَنَدْعُوا۟anadʿūShall we call
  3. مِنminfrom
  4. دُونِdūnibesides
  5. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  6. مَاmāwhat
  7. لَاlānot
  8. يَنفَعُنَاyanfaʿunābenefits us
  9. وَلَاwalāand not
  10. يَضُرُّنَاyaḍurrunāharms us
  11. وَنُرَدُّwanuradduand we turn back
  12. عَلَىٰٓʿalāon
  13. أَعْقَابِنَاaʿqābināour heels
  14. بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
  15. إِذْidh[when]
  16. هَدَىٰنَاhadānā(has) guided us
  17. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  18. كَٱلَّذِىka-alladhīLike the one
  19. ٱسْتَهْوَتْهُis'tahwathuwhom (has been) enticed
  20. ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينُl-shayāṭīnu(by) the Shaitaan
  21. فِىfīin
  22. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  23. حَيْرَانَḥayrānaconfused
  24. لَهُۥٓlahuhe has
  25. أَصْحَـٰبٌۭaṣḥābuncompanions
  26. يَدْعُونَهُۥٓyadʿūnahuwho call him
  27. إِلَىilātowards
  28. ٱلْهُدَىl-hudāthe guidance
  29. ٱئْتِنَا ۗi'tinā'Come to us.'
  30. قُلْqulSay
  31. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  32. هُدَىhudā(the) Guidance
  33. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  34. هُوَhuwait
  35. ٱلْهُدَىٰ ۖl-hudā(is) the Guidance
  36. وَأُمِرْنَاwa-umir'nāand we have been commanded
  37. لِنُسْلِمَlinus'limathat we submit
  38. لِرَبِّlirabbito (the) Lord
  39. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 72

وَأَنْ أَقِيمُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَٱتَّقُوهُ ۚ وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ إِلَيْهِ تُحْشَرُونَ

Transliteration wa-an aqīmū l-ṣalata wa-ittaqūhu wahuwa alladhī ilayhi tuḥ'sharūna

English And to establish prayer and fear Him." And it is He to whom you will be gathered.

  1. وَأَنْwa-anAnd to
  2. أَقِيمُوا۟aqīmūestablish
  3. ٱلصَّلَوٰةَl-ṣalatathe prayer
  4. وَٱتَّقُوهُ ۚwa-ittaqūhuand fear Him
  5. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  6. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhī(is) the One
  7. إِلَيْهِilayhito Him
  8. تُحْشَرُونَtuḥ'sharūnayou will be gathered

Verse 73

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ بِٱلْحَقِّ ۖ وَيَوْمَ يَقُولُ كُن فَيَكُونُ ۚ قَوْلُهُ ٱلْحَقُّ ۚ وَلَهُ ٱلْمُلْكُ يَوْمَ يُنفَخُ فِى ٱلصُّورِ ۚ عَـٰلِمُ ٱلْغَيْبِ وَٱلشَّهَـٰدَةِ ۚ وَهُوَ ٱلْحَكِيمُ ٱلْخَبِيرُ

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī khalaqa l-samāwāti wal-arḍa bil-ḥaqi wayawma yaqūlu kun fayakūnu qawluhu l-ḥaqu walahu l-mul'ku yawma yunfakhu fī l-ṣūri ʿālimu l-ghaybi wal-shahādati wahuwa l-ḥakīmu l-khabīru

English And it is He who created the heavens and earth in truth. And the day [i.e., whenever] He says, "Be," and it is, His word is the truth. And His is the dominion [on] the Day the Horn is blown. [He is] Knower of the unseen and the witnessed; and He is the Wise, the Aware.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd (it is) He
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhīWho
  3. خَلَقَkhalaqacreated
  4. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  5. وَٱلْأَرْضَwal-arḍaand the earth
  6. بِٱلْحَقِّ ۖbil-ḥaqiin truth
  7. وَيَوْمَwayawmaAnd (the) Day
  8. يَقُولُyaqūluHe says
  9. كُنkunBe
  10. فَيَكُونُ ۚfayakūnuand it is
  11. قَوْلُهُqawluhuHis word
  12. ٱلْحَقُّ ۚl-ḥaqu(is) the truth
  13. وَلَهُwalahuAnd for Him
  14. ٱلْمُلْكُl-mul'ku(is) the Dominion
  15. يَوْمَyawma(on the) Day
  16. يُنفَخُyunfakhuwill be blown
  17. فِىfīin
  18. ٱلصُّورِ ۚl-ṣūrithe trumpet
  19. عَـٰلِمُʿālimu(He is) All-Knower
  20. ٱلْغَيْبِl-ghaybi(of) the unseen
  21. وَٱلشَّهَـٰدَةِ ۚwal-shahādatiand the seen
  22. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  23. ٱلْحَكِيمُl-ḥakīmu(is) the All-Wise
  24. ٱلْخَبِيرُl-khabīruthe All-Aware

Verse 74

۞ وَإِذْ قَالَ إِبْرَٰهِيمُ لِأَبِيهِ ءَازَرَ أَتَتَّخِذُ أَصْنَامًا ءَالِهَةً ۖ إِنِّىٓ أَرَىٰكَ وَقَوْمَكَ فِى ضَلَـٰلٍ مُّبِينٍ

Transliteration wa-idh qāla ib'rāhīmu li-abīhi āzara atattakhidhu aṣnāman ālihatan innī arāka waqawmaka fī ḍalālin mubīnin

English And [mention, O Muḥammad], when Abraham said to his father Āzar, "Do you take idols as deities? Indeed, I see you and your people to be in manifest error."

  1. ۞ وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
  2. قَالَqālasaid
  3. إِبْرَٰهِيمُib'rāhīmuIbrahim
  4. لِأَبِيهِli-abīhito his father
  5. ءَازَرَāzaraAzar
  6. أَتَتَّخِذُatattakhidhuDo you take
  7. أَصْنَامًاaṣnāmanidols
  8. ءَالِهَةً ۖālihatan(as) gods
  9. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  10. أَرَىٰكَarāka[I] see you
  11. وَقَوْمَكَwaqawmakaand your people
  12. فِىfīin
  13. ضَلَـٰلٍۢḍalālinerror
  14. مُّبِينٍۢmubīninmanifest

Verse 75

وَكَذَٰلِكَ نُرِىٓ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ مَلَكُوتَ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَلِيَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلْمُوقِنِينَ

Transliteration wakadhālika nurī ib'rāhīma malakūta l-samāwāti wal-arḍi waliyakūna mina l-mūqinīna

English And thus did We show Abraham the realm of the heavens and the earth that he would be among the certain [in faith].

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  2. نُرِىٓnurīWe show(ed)
  3. إِبْرَٰهِيمَib'rāhīmaIbrahim
  4. مَلَكُوتَmalakūtathe kingdom
  5. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  6. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  7. وَلِيَكُونَwaliyakūnaso that he would be
  8. مِنَminaamong
  9. ٱلْمُوقِنِينَl-mūqinīnathe ones who are certain

Verse 76

فَلَمَّا جَنَّ عَلَيْهِ ٱلَّيْلُ رَءَا كَوْكَبًا ۖ قَالَ هَـٰذَا رَبِّى ۖ فَلَمَّآ أَفَلَ قَالَ لَآ أُحِبُّ ٱلْـَٔافِلِينَ

Transliteration falammā janna ʿalayhi al-laylu raā kawkaban qāla hādhā rabbī falammā afala qāla lā uḥibbu l-āfilīna

English So when the night covered him [with darkness], he saw a star. He said, "This is my lord." But when it set, he said, "I like not those that set [i.e., disappear]."

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāSo when
  2. جَنَّjannacovered
  3. عَلَيْهِʿalayhiover him
  4. ٱلَّيْلُal-layluthe night
  5. رَءَاraāhe saw
  6. كَوْكَبًۭا ۖkawkabana star
  7. قَالَqālaHe said
  8. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  9. رَبِّى ۖrabbī(is) my Lord
  10. فَلَمَّآfalammāBut when
  11. أَفَلَafalait set
  12. قَالَqālahe said
  13. لَآlāNot
  14. أُحِبُّuḥibbu(do) I like
  15. ٱلْـَٔافِلِينَl-āfilīnathe ones that set

Verse 77

فَلَمَّا رَءَا ٱلْقَمَرَ بَازِغًا قَالَ هَـٰذَا رَبِّى ۖ فَلَمَّآ أَفَلَ قَالَ لَئِن لَّمْ يَهْدِنِى رَبِّى لَأَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلضَّآلِّينَ

Transliteration falammā raā l-qamara bāzighan qāla hādhā rabbī falammā afala qāla la-in lam yahdinī rabbī la-akūnanna mina l-qawmi l-ḍālīna

English And when he saw the moon rising, he said, "This is my lord." But when it set, he said, "Unless my Lord guides me, I will surely be among the people gone astray."

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāWhen
  2. رَءَاraāhe saw
  3. ٱلْقَمَرَl-qamarathe moon
  4. بَازِغًۭاbāzighanrising
  5. قَالَqālahe said
  6. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  7. رَبِّى ۖrabbī(is) my Lord
  8. فَلَمَّآfalammāBut when
  9. أَفَلَafalait set
  10. قَالَqālahe said
  11. لَئِنla-inIf
  12. لَّمْlam(does) not
  13. يَهْدِنِىyahdinīguide me
  14. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  15. لَأَكُونَنَّla-akūnannaI will surely be
  16. مِنَminaamong
  17. ٱلْقَوْمِl-qawmithe people
  18. ٱلضَّآلِّينَl-ḍālīnawho went astray

Verse 78

فَلَمَّا رَءَا ٱلشَّمْسَ بَازِغَةً قَالَ هَـٰذَا رَبِّى هَـٰذَآ أَكْبَرُ ۖ فَلَمَّآ أَفَلَتْ قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ إِنِّى بَرِىٓءٌ مِّمَّا تُشْرِكُونَ

Transliteration falammā raā l-shamsa bāzighatan qāla hādhā rabbī hādhā akbaru falammā afalat qāla yāqawmi innī barīon mimmā tush'rikūna

English And when he saw the sun rising, he said, "This is my lord; this is greater." But when it set, he said, "O my people, indeed I am free from what you associate with Allāh.

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāWhen
  2. رَءَاraāhe saw
  3. ٱلشَّمْسَl-shamsathe sun
  4. بَازِغَةًۭbāzighatanrising
  5. قَالَqālahe said
  6. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis (is)
  7. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  8. هَـٰذَآhādhāthis (is)
  9. أَكْبَرُ ۖakbarugreater
  10. فَلَمَّآfalammāBut when
  11. أَفَلَتْafalatit set
  12. قَالَqālahe said
  13. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  14. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I am
  15. بَرِىٓءٌۭbarīonfree
  16. مِّمَّاmimmāof what
  17. تُشْرِكُونَtush'rikūnayou associate (with Allah)

Verse 79

إِنِّى وَجَّهْتُ وَجْهِىَ لِلَّذِى فَطَرَ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ حَنِيفًا ۖ وَمَآ أَنَا۠ مِنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ

Transliteration innī wajjahtu wajhiya lilladhī faṭara l-samāwāti wal-arḍa ḥanīfan wamā anā mina l-mush'rikīna

English Indeed, I have turned my face [i.e., self] toward He who created the heavens and the earth, inclining toward truth, and I am not of those who associate others with Allāh."

  1. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I
  2. وَجَّهْتُwajjahtu[I] have turned
  3. وَجْهِىَwajhiyamy face
  4. لِلَّذِىlilladhīto the One Who
  5. فَطَرَfaṭaracreated
  6. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  7. وَٱلْأَرْضَwal-arḍaand the earth
  8. حَنِيفًۭا ۖḥanīfan(as) a true monotheist
  9. وَمَآwamāand not
  10. أَنَا۠anāI (am)
  11. مِنَminaof
  12. ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَl-mush'rikīnathe polytheists

Verse 80

وَحَآجَّهُۥ قَوْمُهُۥ ۚ قَالَ أَتُحَـٰٓجُّوٓنِّى فِى ٱللَّهِ وَقَدْ هَدَىٰنِ ۚ وَلَآ أَخَافُ مَا تُشْرِكُونَ بِهِۦٓ إِلَّآ أَن يَشَآءَ رَبِّى شَيْـًٔا ۗ وَسِعَ رَبِّى كُلَّ شَىْءٍ عِلْمًا ۗ أَفَلَا تَتَذَكَّرُونَ

Transliteration waḥājjahu qawmuhu qāla atuḥājjūnnī fī l-lahi waqad hadāni walā akhāfu mā tush'rikūna bihi illā an yashāa rabbī shayan wasiʿa rabbī kulla shayin ʿil'man afalā tatadhakkarūna

English And his people argued with him. He said, "Do you argue with me concerning Allāh while He has guided me? And I fear not what you associate with Him [and will not be harmed] unless my Lord should will something. My Lord encompasses all things in knowledge; then will you not remember?

  1. وَحَآجَّهُۥwaḥājjahuAnd argued with him
  2. قَوْمُهُۥ ۚqawmuhuhis people
  3. قَالَqālaHe said
  4. أَتُحَـٰٓجُّوٓنِّىatuḥājjūnnīDo you argue with me
  5. فِىfīconcerning
  6. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  7. وَقَدْwaqadwhile certainly
  8. هَدَىٰنِ ۚhadāniHe has guided me
  9. وَلَآwalāAnd not
  10. أَخَافُakhāfu(do) I fear
  11. مَاmāwhat
  12. تُشْرِكُونَtush'rikūnayou associate
  13. بِهِۦٓbihiwith Him
  14. إِلَّآillāunless
  15. أَنan[that]
  16. يَشَآءَyashāawills
  17. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  18. شَيْـًۭٔا ۗshayananything
  19. وَسِعَwasiʿaEncompasses
  20. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  21. كُلَّkullaevery
  22. شَىْءٍshayinthing
  23. عِلْمًا ۗʿil'man(in) knowledge
  24. أَفَلَاafalāThen will not
  25. تَتَذَكَّرُونَtatadhakkarūnayou take heed

Verse 81

وَكَيْفَ أَخَافُ مَآ أَشْرَكْتُمْ وَلَا تَخَافُونَ أَنَّكُمْ أَشْرَكْتُم بِٱللَّهِ مَا لَمْ يُنَزِّلْ بِهِۦ عَلَيْكُمْ سُلْطَـٰنًا ۚ فَأَىُّ ٱلْفَرِيقَيْنِ أَحَقُّ بِٱلْأَمْنِ ۖ إِن كُنتُمْ تَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration wakayfa akhāfu mā ashraktum walā takhāfūna annakum ashraktum bil-lahi mā lam yunazzil bihi ʿalaykum sul'ṭānan fa-ayyu l-farīqayni aḥaqqu bil-amni in kuntum taʿlamūna

English And how should I fear what you associate while you do not fear that you have associated with Allāh that for which He has not sent down to you any authority? So which of the two parties has more right to security, if you should know?"

  1. وَكَيْفَwakayfaAnd how
  2. أَخَافُakhāfucould I fear
  3. مَآmāwhat
  4. أَشْرَكْتُمْashraktumyou associate (with Allah)
  5. وَلَاwalāwhile not
  6. تَخَافُونَtakhāfūnayou fear
  7. أَنَّكُمْannakumthat you
  8. أَشْرَكْتُمashraktumhave associated
  9. بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiwith Allah
  10. مَاmāwhat
  11. لَمْlamnot
  12. يُنَزِّلْyunazzildid He send down
  13. بِهِۦbihifor it
  14. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumto you
  15. سُلْطَـٰنًۭا ۚsul'ṭānanany authority
  16. فَأَىُّfa-ayyuSo which
  17. ٱلْفَرِيقَيْنِl-farīqayni(of) the two parties
  18. أَحَقُّaḥaqquhas more right
  19. بِٱلْأَمْنِ ۖbil-amnito security
  20. إِنinif
  21. كُنتُمْkuntumyou
  22. تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnaknow

Verse 82

ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَلَمْ يَلْبِسُوٓا۟ إِيمَـٰنَهُم بِظُلْمٍ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ لَهُمُ ٱلْأَمْنُ وَهُم مُّهْتَدُونَ

Transliteration alladhīna āmanū walam yalbisū īmānahum biẓul'min ulāika lahumu l-amnu wahum muh'tadūna

English They who believe and do not mix their belief with injustice - those will have security, and they are [rightly] guided.

  1. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
  2. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieved
  3. وَلَمْwalamand (did) not
  4. يَلْبِسُوٓا۟yalbisūmix
  5. إِيمَـٰنَهُمīmānahumtheir belief
  6. بِظُلْمٍbiẓul'minwith wrong
  7. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikathose
  8. لَهُمُlahumufor them
  9. ٱلْأَمْنُl-amnu(is) the security
  10. وَهُمwahumand they
  11. مُّهْتَدُونَmuh'tadūna(are) rightly guided

Verse 83

وَتِلْكَ حُجَّتُنَآ ءَاتَيْنَـٰهَآ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ عَلَىٰ قَوْمِهِۦ ۚ نَرْفَعُ دَرَجَـٰتٍ مَّن نَّشَآءُ ۗ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ حَكِيمٌ عَلِيمٌ

Transliteration watil'ka ḥujjatunā ātaynāhā ib'rāhīma ʿalā qawmihi narfaʿu darajātin man nashāu inna rabbaka ḥakīmun ʿalīmun

English And that was Our [conclusive] argument which We gave Abraham against his people. We raise by degrees whom We will. Indeed, your Lord is Wise and Knowing.

  1. وَتِلْكَwatil'kaAnd this
  2. حُجَّتُنَآḥujjatunā(is) Our argument
  3. ءَاتَيْنَـٰهَآātaynāhāWe gave it
  4. إِبْرَٰهِيمَib'rāhīma(to) Ibrahim
  5. عَلَىٰʿalāagainst
  6. قَوْمِهِۦ ۚqawmihihis people
  7. نَرْفَعُnarfaʿuWe raise
  8. دَرَجَـٰتٍۢdarajātin(by) degrees
  9. مَّنmanwhom
  10. نَّشَآءُ ۗnashāuWe will
  11. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  12. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  13. حَكِيمٌḥakīmun(is) All-Wise
  14. عَلِيمٌۭʿalīmunAll-Knowing

Verse 84

وَوَهَبْنَا لَهُۥٓ إِسْحَـٰقَ وَيَعْقُوبَ ۚ كُلًّا هَدَيْنَا ۚ وَنُوحًا هَدَيْنَا مِن قَبْلُ ۖ وَمِن ذُرِّيَّتِهِۦ دَاوُۥدَ وَسُلَيْمَـٰنَ وَأَيُّوبَ وَيُوسُفَ وَمُوسَىٰ وَهَـٰرُونَ ۚ وَكَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ

Transliteration wawahabnā lahu is'ḥāqa wayaʿqūba kullan hadaynā wanūḥan hadaynā min qablu wamin dhurriyyatihi dāwūda wasulaymāna wa-ayyūba wayūsufa wamūsā wahārūna wakadhālika najzī l-muḥ'sinīna

English And We gave to him [i.e., Abraham] Isaac and Jacob - all [of them] We guided. And Noah, We guided before; and among his descendants, David and Solomon and Job and Joseph and Moses and Aaron. Thus do We reward the doers of good.

  1. وَوَهَبْنَاwawahabnāAnd We bestowed
  2. لَهُۥٓlahuto him
  3. إِسْحَـٰقَis'ḥāqaIsaac
  4. وَيَعْقُوبَ ۚwayaʿqūbaand Yaqub
  5. كُلًّاkullanall
  6. هَدَيْنَا ۚhadaynāWe guided
  7. وَنُوحًاwanūḥanAnd Nuh
  8. هَدَيْنَاhadaynāWe guided
  9. مِنminfrom
  10. قَبْلُ ۖqablubefore
  11. وَمِنwaminand of
  12. ذُرِّيَّتِهِۦdhurriyyatihihis descendents
  13. دَاوُۥدَdāwūdaDawood
  14. وَسُلَيْمَـٰنَwasulaymānaand Sulaiman
  15. وَأَيُّوبَwa-ayyūbaand Ayyub
  16. وَيُوسُفَwayūsufaand Yusuf
  17. وَمُوسَىٰwamūsāand Musa
  18. وَهَـٰرُونَ ۚwahārūnaand Harun
  19. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  20. نَجْزِىnajzīWe reward
  21. ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَl-muḥ'sinīnathe good-doers

Verse 85

وَزَكَرِيَّا وَيَحْيَىٰ وَعِيسَىٰ وَإِلْيَاسَ ۖ كُلٌّ مِّنَ ٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَ

Transliteration wazakariyyā wayaḥyā waʿīsā wa-il'yāsa kullun mina l-ṣāliḥīna

English And Zechariah and John and Jesus and Elias - and all were of the righteous.

  1. وَزَكَرِيَّاwazakariyyāAnd Zakariya
  2. وَيَحْيَىٰwayaḥyāand Yahya
  3. وَعِيسَىٰwaʿīsāand Isa
  4. وَإِلْيَاسَ ۖwa-il'yāsaand Elijah
  5. كُلٌّۭkullunall (were)
  6. مِّنَminaof
  7. ٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَl-ṣāliḥīnathe righteous

Verse 86

وَإِسْمَـٰعِيلَ وَٱلْيَسَعَ وَيُونُسَ وَلُوطًا ۚ وَكُلًّا فَضَّلْنَا عَلَى ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration wa-is'māʿīla wal-yasaʿa wayūnusa walūṭan wakullan faḍḍalnā ʿalā l-ʿālamīna

English And Ishmael and Elisha and Jonah and Lot - and all [of them] We preferred over the worlds.

  1. وَإِسْمَـٰعِيلَwa-is'māʿīlaAnd Ishmael
  2. وَٱلْيَسَعَwal-yasaʿaand Elisha
  3. وَيُونُسَwayūnusaand Yunus
  4. وَلُوطًۭا ۚwalūṭanand Lut
  5. وَكُلًّۭاwakullanand all
  6. فَضَّلْنَاfaḍḍalnāWe preferred
  7. عَلَىʿalāover
  8. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīnathe worlds

Verse 87

وَمِنْ ءَابَآئِهِمْ وَذُرِّيَّـٰتِهِمْ وَإِخْوَٰنِهِمْ ۖ وَٱجْتَبَيْنَـٰهُمْ وَهَدَيْنَـٰهُمْ إِلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍ مُّسْتَقِيمٍ

Transliteration wamin ābāihim wadhurriyyātihim wa-ikh'wānihim wa-ij'tabaynāhum wahadaynāhum ilā ṣirāṭin mus'taqīmin

English And [some] among their fathers and their descendants and their brothers - and We chose them and We guided them to a straight path.

  1. وَمِنْwaminAnd from
  2. ءَابَآئِهِمْābāihimtheir fathers
  3. وَذُرِّيَّـٰتِهِمْwadhurriyyātihimand their descendents
  4. وَإِخْوَٰنِهِمْ ۖwa-ikh'wānihimand their brothers
  5. وَٱجْتَبَيْنَـٰهُمْwa-ij'tabaynāhumand We chose them
  6. وَهَدَيْنَـٰهُمْwahadaynāhumand We guided them
  7. إِلَىٰilāto
  8. صِرَٰطٍۢṣirāṭina path
  9. مُّسْتَقِيمٍۢmus'taqīminstraight

Verse 88

ذَٰلِكَ هُدَى ٱللَّهِ يَهْدِى بِهِۦ مَن يَشَآءُ مِنْ عِبَادِهِۦ ۚ وَلَوْ أَشْرَكُوا۟ لَحَبِطَ عَنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration dhālika hudā l-lahi yahdī bihi man yashāu min ʿibādihi walaw ashrakū laḥabiṭa ʿanhum mā kānū yaʿmalūna

English That is the guidance of Allāh by which He guides whomever He wills of His servants. But if they had associated others with Allāh, then worthless for them would be whatever they were doing.

  1. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  2. هُدَىhudā(is the) Guidance
  3. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  4. يَهْدِىyahdīHe guides
  5. بِهِۦbihiwith it
  6. مَنmanwhom
  7. يَشَآءُyashāuHe wills
  8. مِنْminof
  9. عِبَادِهِۦ ۚʿibādihiHis slaves
  10. وَلَوْwalawBut if
  11. أَشْرَكُوا۟ashrakūthey (had) associated partners (with Allah)
  12. لَحَبِطَlaḥabiṭasurely (would be) worthless
  13. عَنْهُمʿanhumfor them
  14. مَّاmāwhat
  15. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  16. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnado

Verse 89

أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَاتَيْنَـٰهُمُ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ وَٱلْحُكْمَ وَٱلنُّبُوَّةَ ۚ فَإِن يَكْفُرْ بِهَا هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ فَقَدْ وَكَّلْنَا بِهَا قَوْمًا لَّيْسُوا۟ بِهَا بِكَـٰفِرِينَ

Transliteration ulāika alladhīna ātaynāhumu l-kitāba wal-ḥuk'ma wal-nubuwata fa-in yakfur bihā hāulāi faqad wakkalnā bihā qawman laysū bihā bikāfirīna

English Those are the ones to whom We gave the Scripture and authority and prophethood. But if they [i.e., the disbelievers] deny it, then We have entrusted it to a people who are not therein disbelievers.

  1. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(are) ones whom
  3. ءَاتَيْنَـٰهُمُātaynāhumuWe gave them
  4. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Book
  5. وَٱلْحُكْمَwal-ḥuk'maand the judgment
  6. وَٱلنُّبُوَّةَ ۚwal-nubuwataand the Prophethood
  7. فَإِنfa-inBut if
  8. يَكْفُرْyakfurdisbelieve
  9. بِهَاbihāin it
  10. هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِhāulāithese
  11. فَقَدْfaqadthen indeed
  12. وَكَّلْنَاwakkalnāWe have entrusted
  13. بِهَاbihāit
  14. قَوْمًۭاqawman(to) a people
  15. لَّيْسُوا۟laysūwho are not
  16. بِهَاbihātherein
  17. بِكَـٰفِرِينَbikāfirīnadisbelievers

Verse 90

أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ هَدَى ٱللَّهُ ۖ فَبِهُدَىٰهُمُ ٱقْتَدِهْ ۗ قُل لَّآ أَسْـَٔلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ أَجْرًا ۖ إِنْ هُوَ إِلَّا ذِكْرَىٰ لِلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration ulāika alladhīna hadā l-lahu fabihudāhumu iq'tadih qul lā asalukum ʿalayhi ajran in huwa illā dhik'rā lil'ʿālamīna

English Those are the ones whom Allāh has guided, so from their guidance take an example. Say, "I ask of you for it [i.e., this message] no payment. It is not but a reminder for the worlds."

  1. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(are) ones whom
  3. هَدَىhadā(have been) guided
  4. ٱللَّهُ ۖl-lahu(by) Allah
  5. فَبِهُدَىٰهُمُfabihudāhumuso of their guidance
  6. ٱقْتَدِهْ ۗiq'tadihyou follow
  7. قُلqulSay
  8. لَّآlāNot
  9. أَسْـَٔلُكُمْasalukumI ask you
  10. عَلَيْهِʿalayhifor it
  11. أَجْرًا ۖajranany reward
  12. إِنْinNot
  13. هُوَhuwa(is) it
  14. إِلَّاillābut
  15. ذِكْرَىٰdhik'rāa reminder
  16. لِلْعَـٰلَمِينَlil'ʿālamīnafor the worlds

Verse 91

وَمَا قَدَرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ حَقَّ قَدْرِهِۦٓ إِذْ قَالُوا۟ مَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ بَشَرٍ مِّن شَىْءٍ ۗ قُلْ مَنْ أَنزَلَ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ ٱلَّذِى جَآءَ بِهِۦ مُوسَىٰ نُورًا وَهُدًى لِّلنَّاسِ ۖ تَجْعَلُونَهُۥ قَرَاطِيسَ تُبْدُونَهَا وَتُخْفُونَ كَثِيرًا ۖ وَعُلِّمْتُم مَّا لَمْ تَعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنتُمْ وَلَآ ءَابَآؤُكُمْ ۖ قُلِ ٱللَّهُ ۖ ثُمَّ ذَرْهُمْ فِى خَوْضِهِمْ يَلْعَبُونَ

Transliteration wamā qadarū l-laha ḥaqqa qadrihi idh qālū mā anzala l-lahu ʿalā basharin min shayin qul man anzala l-kitāba alladhī jāa bihi mūsā nūran wahudan lilnnāsi tajʿalūnahu qarāṭīsa tub'dūnahā watukh'fūna kathīran waʿullim'tum mā lam taʿlamū antum walā ābāukum quli l-lahu thumma dharhum fī khawḍihim yalʿabūna

English And they did not appraise Allāh with true appraisal when they said, "Allāh did not reveal to a human being anything." Say, "Who revealed the Scripture that Moses brought as light and guidance to the people? You [Jews] make it into pages, disclosing [some of] it and concealing much. And you were taught that which you knew not - neither you nor your fathers." Say, "Allāh [revealed it]." Then leave them in their [empty] discourse, amusing themselves.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. قَدَرُوا۟qadarūthey appraised
  3. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  4. حَقَّḥaqqa(with) true
  5. قَدْرِهِۦٓqadrihi[of his] appraisal
  6. إِذْidhwhen
  7. قَالُوا۟qālūthey said
  8. مَآmāNot
  9. أَنزَلَanzalarevealed
  10. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
  11. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  12. بَشَرٍۢbasharina human being
  13. مِّنmin[of]
  14. شَىْءٍۢ ۗshayinanything
  15. قُلْqulSay
  16. مَنْmanWho
  17. أَنزَلَanzalarevealed
  18. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Book
  19. ٱلَّذِىalladhīwhich
  20. جَآءَjāabrought
  21. بِهِۦbihi[it]
  22. مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
  23. نُورًۭاnūran(as) a light
  24. وَهُدًۭىwahudanand guidance
  25. لِّلنَّاسِ ۖlilnnāsifor the people
  26. تَجْعَلُونَهُۥtajʿalūnahuYou make it
  27. قَرَاطِيسَqarāṭīsa(into) parchments
  28. تُبْدُونَهَاtub'dūnahāyou disclose (some of) it
  29. وَتُخْفُونَwatukh'fūnaand you conceal
  30. كَثِيرًۭا ۖkathīranmuch (of it)
  31. وَعُلِّمْتُمwaʿullim'tumAnd you were taught
  32. مَّاmāwhat
  33. لَمْlamnot
  34. تَعْلَمُوٓا۟taʿlamūknew
  35. أَنتُمْantumyou
  36. وَلَآwalāand not
  37. ءَابَآؤُكُمْ ۖābāukumyour forefathers
  38. قُلِquliSay
  39. ٱللَّهُ ۖl-lahuAllah (revealed it)
  40. ثُمَّthummaThen
  41. ذَرْهُمْdharhumleave them
  42. فِىfīin
  43. خَوْضِهِمْkhawḍihimtheir discourse
  44. يَلْعَبُونَyalʿabūnaplaying

Verse 92

وَهَـٰذَا كِتَـٰبٌ أَنزَلْنَـٰهُ مُبَارَكٌ مُّصَدِّقُ ٱلَّذِى بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ وَلِتُنذِرَ أُمَّ ٱلْقُرَىٰ وَمَنْ حَوْلَهَا ۚ وَٱلَّذِينَ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِهِۦ ۖ وَهُمْ عَلَىٰ صَلَاتِهِمْ يُحَافِظُونَ

Transliteration wahādhā kitābun anzalnāhu mubārakun muṣaddiqu alladhī bayna yadayhi walitundhira umma l-qurā waman ḥawlahā wa-alladhīna yu'minūna bil-ākhirati yu'minūna bihi wahum ʿalā ṣalātihim yuḥāfiẓūna

English And this is a Book which We have sent down, blessed and confirming what was before it, that you may warn the Mother of Cities [i.e., Makkah] and those around it. Those who believe in the Hereafter believe in it, and they are maintaining their prayers.

  1. وَهَـٰذَاwahādhāAnd this
  2. كِتَـٰبٌkitābun(is) a Book
  3. أَنزَلْنَـٰهُanzalnāhuWe have revealed it
  4. مُبَارَكٌۭmubārakunblessed
  5. مُّصَدِّقُmuṣaddiquconfirming
  6. ٱلَّذِىalladhīwhich
  7. بَيْنَbayna(came) before
  8. يَدَيْهِyadayhiits hands
  9. وَلِتُنذِرَwalitundhiraso that you may warn
  10. أُمَّumma(the) mother
  11. ٱلْقُرَىٰl-qurā(of) the cities
  12. وَمَنْwamanand who
  13. حَوْلَهَا ۚḥawlahā(are) around it
  14. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  15. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve
  16. بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِbil-ākhiratiin the Hereafter
  17. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnathey believe
  18. بِهِۦ ۖbihiin it
  19. وَهُمْwahumand they
  20. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  21. صَلَاتِهِمْṣalātihimtheir prayers
  22. يُحَافِظُونَyuḥāfiẓūna(are) guarding

Verse 93

وَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّنِ ٱفْتَرَىٰ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا أَوْ قَالَ أُوحِىَ إِلَىَّ وَلَمْ يُوحَ إِلَيْهِ شَىْءٌ وَمَن قَالَ سَأُنزِلُ مِثْلَ مَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ ۗ وَلَوْ تَرَىٰٓ إِذِ ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَ فِى غَمَرَٰتِ ٱلْمَوْتِ وَٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةُ بَاسِطُوٓا۟ أَيْدِيهِمْ أَخْرِجُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَكُمُ ۖ ٱلْيَوْمَ تُجْزَوْنَ عَذَابَ ٱلْهُونِ بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَقُولُونَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ غَيْرَ ٱلْحَقِّ وَكُنتُمْ عَنْ ءَايَـٰتِهِۦ تَسْتَكْبِرُونَ

Transliteration waman aẓlamu mimmani if'tarā ʿalā l-lahi kadhiban aw qāla ūḥiya ilayya walam yūḥa ilayhi shayon waman qāla sa-unzilu mith'la mā anzala l-lahu walaw tarā idhi l-ẓālimūna fī ghamarāti l-mawti wal-malāikatu bāsiṭū aydīhim akhrijū anfusakumu l-yawma tuj'zawna ʿadhāba l-hūni bimā kuntum taqūlūna ʿalā l-lahi ghayra l-ḥaqi wakuntum ʿan āyātihi tastakbirūna

English And who is more unjust than one who invents a lie about Allāh or says, "It has been inspired to me," while nothing has been inspired to him, and one who says, "I will reveal [something] like what Allāh revealed." And if you could but see when the wrongdoers are in the overwhelming pangs of death while the angels extend their hands, [saying], "Discharge your souls! Today you will be awarded the punishment of [extreme] humiliation for what you used to say against Allāh other than the truth and [that] you were, toward His verses, being arrogant."

  1. وَمَنْwamanAnd who
  2. أَظْلَمُaẓlamu(is) more unjust
  3. مِمَّنِmimmanithan (one) who
  4. ٱفْتَرَىٰif'tarāinvents
  5. عَلَىʿalāabout
  6. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  7. كَذِبًاkadhibana lie
  8. أَوْawor
  9. قَالَqālasaid
  10. أُوحِىَūḥiyaIt has been inspired
  11. إِلَىَّilayyato me
  12. وَلَمْwalamwhile not
  13. يُوحَyūḥait was inspired
  14. إِلَيْهِilayhito him
  15. شَىْءٌۭshayonanything
  16. وَمَنwamanand (one) who
  17. قَالَqālasaid
  18. سَأُنزِلُsa-unziluI will reveal
  19. مِثْلَmith'lalike
  20. مَآmāwhat
  21. أَنزَلَanzala(has been) revealed
  22. ٱللَّهُ ۗl-lahu(by) Allah
  23. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  24. تَرَىٰٓtarāyou (could) see
  25. إِذِidhiwhen
  26. ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَl-ẓālimūnathe wrongdoers
  27. فِىfī(are) in
  28. غَمَرَٰتِghamarātiagonies
  29. ٱلْمَوْتِl-mawti(of) [the] death
  30. وَٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةُwal-malāikatuwhile the Angels
  31. بَاسِطُوٓا۟bāsiṭū(are) stretching out
  32. أَيْدِيهِمْaydīhimtheir hands (saying)
  33. أَخْرِجُوٓا۟akhrijūDischarge
  34. أَنفُسَكُمُ ۖanfusakumuyour souls
  35. ٱلْيَوْمَl-yawmaToday
  36. تُجْزَوْنَtuj'zawnayou will be recompensed
  37. عَذَابَʿadhāba(with) punishment
  38. ٱلْهُونِl-hūnihumiliating
  39. بِمَاbimābecause
  40. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
  41. تَقُولُونَtaqūlūnasay
  42. عَلَىʿalāagainst
  43. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  44. غَيْرَghayraother than
  45. ٱلْحَقِّl-ḥaqithe truth
  46. وَكُنتُمْwakuntumand you were
  47. عَنْʿantowards
  48. ءَايَـٰتِهِۦāyātihiHis Verses
  49. تَسْتَكْبِرُونَtastakbirūnabeing arrogant

Verse 94

وَلَقَدْ جِئْتُمُونَا فُرَٰدَىٰ كَمَا خَلَقْنَـٰكُمْ أَوَّلَ مَرَّةٍ وَتَرَكْتُم مَّا خَوَّلْنَـٰكُمْ وَرَآءَ ظُهُورِكُمْ ۖ وَمَا نَرَىٰ مَعَكُمْ شُفَعَآءَكُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ زَعَمْتُمْ أَنَّهُمْ فِيكُمْ شُرَكَـٰٓؤُا۟ ۚ لَقَد تَّقَطَّعَ بَيْنَكُمْ وَضَلَّ عَنكُم مَّا كُنتُمْ تَزْعُمُونَ

Transliteration walaqad ji'tumūnā furādā kamā khalaqnākum awwala marratin wataraktum mā khawwalnākum warāa ẓuhūrikum wamā narā maʿakum shufaʿāakumu alladhīna zaʿamtum annahum fīkum shurakāu laqad taqaṭṭaʿa baynakum waḍalla ʿankum mā kuntum tazʿumūna

English [It will be said to them], "And you have certainly come to Us alone [i.e., individually] as We created you the first time, and you have left whatever We bestowed upon you behind you. And We do not see with you your 'intercessors' which you claimed that they were among you associates [of Allāh]. It has [all] been severed between you, and lost from you is what you used to claim."

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  2. جِئْتُمُونَاji'tumūnāyou have come to Us
  3. فُرَٰدَىٰfurādāalone
  4. كَمَاkamāas
  5. خَلَقْنَـٰكُمْkhalaqnākumWe created you
  6. أَوَّلَawwala(the) first
  7. مَرَّةٍۢmarratintime
  8. وَتَرَكْتُمwataraktumand you have left
  9. مَّاmāwhatever
  10. خَوَّلْنَـٰكُمْkhawwalnākumWe bestowed (on) you
  11. وَرَآءَwarāabehind
  12. ظُهُورِكُمْ ۖẓuhūrikumyour backs
  13. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  14. نَرَىٰnarāWe see
  15. مَعَكُمْmaʿakumwith you
  16. شُفَعَآءَكُمُshufaʿāakumuyour intercessors
  17. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose whom
  18. زَعَمْتُمْzaʿamtumyou claimed
  19. أَنَّهُمْannahumthat they (were)
  20. فِيكُمْfīkumin your (matters)
  21. شُرَكَـٰٓؤُا۟ ۚshurakāupartners (with Allah)
  22. لَقَدlaqadIndeed
  23. تَّقَطَّعَtaqaṭṭaʿahave been severed (bonds)
  24. بَيْنَكُمْbaynakumbetween you
  25. وَضَلَّwaḍallaand is lost
  26. عَنكُمʿankumfrom you
  27. مَّاmāwhat
  28. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
  29. تَزْعُمُونَtazʿumūnaclaim

Verse 95

۞ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ فَالِقُ ٱلْحَبِّ وَٱلنَّوَىٰ ۖ يُخْرِجُ ٱلْحَىَّ مِنَ ٱلْمَيِّتِ وَمُخْرِجُ ٱلْمَيِّتِ مِنَ ٱلْحَىِّ ۚ ذَٰلِكُمُ ٱللَّهُ ۖ فَأَنَّىٰ تُؤْفَكُونَ

Transliteration inna l-laha fāliqu l-ḥabi wal-nawā yukh'riju l-ḥaya mina l-mayiti wamukh'riju l-mayiti mina l-ḥayi dhālikumu l-lahu fa-annā tu'fakūna

English Indeed, Allāh is the cleaver of grain and date seeds. He brings the living out of the dead and brings the dead out of the living. That is Allāh; so how are you deluded?

  1. ۞ إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  3. فَالِقُfāliqu(is the) Cleaver
  4. ٱلْحَبِّl-ḥabi(of) the grain
  5. وَٱلنَّوَىٰ ۖwal-nawāand the date-seed
  6. يُخْرِجُyukh'rijuHe brings forth
  7. ٱلْحَىَّl-ḥayathe living
  8. مِنَminafrom
  9. ٱلْمَيِّتِl-mayitithe dead
  10. وَمُخْرِجُwamukh'rijuand brings forth
  11. ٱلْمَيِّتِl-mayitithe dead
  12. مِنَminafrom
  13. ٱلْحَىِّ ۚl-ḥayithe living
  14. ذَٰلِكُمُdhālikumuThat
  15. ٱللَّهُ ۖl-lahu(is) Allah
  16. فَأَنَّىٰfa-annāso how
  17. تُؤْفَكُونَtu'fakūnaare you deluded

Verse 96

فَالِقُ ٱلْإِصْبَاحِ وَجَعَلَ ٱلَّيْلَ سَكَنًا وَٱلشَّمْسَ وَٱلْقَمَرَ حُسْبَانًا ۚ ذَٰلِكَ تَقْدِيرُ ٱلْعَزِيزِ ٱلْعَلِيمِ

Transliteration fāliqu l-iṣ'bāḥi wajaʿala al-layla sakanan wal-shamsa wal-qamara ḥus'bānan dhālika taqdīru l-ʿazīzi l-ʿalīmi

English [He is] the cleaver of daybreak and has made the night for rest and the sun and moon for calculation. That is the determination of the Exalted in Might, the Knowing.

  1. فَالِقُfāliqu(He is the) Cleaver
  2. ٱلْإِصْبَاحِl-iṣ'bāḥi(of) the daybreak
  3. وَجَعَلَwajaʿalaand He has made
  4. ٱلَّيْلَal-laylathe night
  5. سَكَنًۭاsakanan(for) rest
  6. وَٱلشَّمْسَwal-shamsaand the sun
  7. وَٱلْقَمَرَwal-qamaraand the moon
  8. حُسْبَانًۭا ۚḥus'bānan(for) reckoning
  9. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  10. تَقْدِيرُtaqdīru(is the) ordaining
  11. ٱلْعَزِيزِl-ʿazīzi(of) the All-Mighty
  12. ٱلْعَلِيمِl-ʿalīmithe All-Knowing

Verse 97

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى جَعَلَ لَكُمُ ٱلنُّجُومَ لِتَهْتَدُوا۟ بِهَا فِى ظُلُمَـٰتِ ٱلْبَرِّ وَٱلْبَحْرِ ۗ قَدْ فَصَّلْنَا ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ لِقَوْمٍ يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī jaʿala lakumu l-nujūma litahtadū bihā fī ẓulumāti l-bari wal-baḥri qad faṣṣalnā l-āyāti liqawmin yaʿlamūna

English And it is He who placed for you the stars that you may be guided by them through the darknesses of the land and sea. We have detailed the signs for a people who know.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. جَعَلَjaʿalamade
  4. لَكُمُlakumufor you
  5. ٱلنُّجُومَl-nujūmathe stars
  6. لِتَهْتَدُوا۟litahtadūthat you may guide yourselves
  7. بِهَاbihāwith them
  8. فِىfīin
  9. ظُلُمَـٰتِẓulumātithe darkness[es]
  10. ٱلْبَرِّl-bari(of) the land
  11. وَٱلْبَحْرِ ۗwal-baḥriand the sea
  12. قَدْqadCertainly
  13. فَصَّلْنَاfaṣṣalnāWe have made clear
  14. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِl-āyātithe Signs
  15. لِقَوْمٍۢliqawminfor a people
  16. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūna(who) know

Verse 98

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنشَأَكُم مِّن نَّفْسٍ وَٰحِدَةٍ فَمُسْتَقَرٌّ وَمُسْتَوْدَعٌ ۗ قَدْ فَصَّلْنَا ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ لِقَوْمٍ يَفْقَهُونَ

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī ansha-akum min nafsin wāḥidatin famus'taqarrun wamus'tawdaʿun qad faṣṣalnā l-āyāti liqawmin yafqahūna

English And it is He who produced you from one soul and [gave you] a place of dwelling and of storage. We have detailed the signs for a people who understand.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. أَنشَأَكُمansha-akum(has) produced you
  4. مِّنminfrom
  5. نَّفْسٍۢnafsina soul
  6. وَٰحِدَةٍۢwāḥidatinsingle
  7. فَمُسْتَقَرٌّۭfamus'taqarrunso (there is) a place of dwelling
  8. وَمُسْتَوْدَعٌۭ ۗwamus'tawdaʿunand a resting place
  9. قَدْqadCertainly
  10. فَصَّلْنَاfaṣṣalnāWe have made clear
  11. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِl-āyātithe Signs
  12. لِقَوْمٍۢliqawminfor a people
  13. يَفْقَهُونَyafqahūna(who) understand

Verse 99

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنزَلَ مِنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ مَآءً فَأَخْرَجْنَا بِهِۦ نَبَاتَ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ فَأَخْرَجْنَا مِنْهُ خَضِرًا نُّخْرِجُ مِنْهُ حَبًّا مُّتَرَاكِبًا وَمِنَ ٱلنَّخْلِ مِن طَلْعِهَا قِنْوَانٌ دَانِيَةٌ وَجَنَّـٰتٍ مِّنْ أَعْنَابٍ وَٱلزَّيْتُونَ وَٱلرُّمَّانَ مُشْتَبِهًا وَغَيْرَ مُتَشَـٰبِهٍ ۗ ٱنظُرُوٓا۟ إِلَىٰ ثَمَرِهِۦٓ إِذَآ أَثْمَرَ وَيَنْعِهِۦٓ ۚ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكُمْ لَـَٔايَـٰتٍ لِّقَوْمٍ يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī anzala mina l-samāi māan fa-akhrajnā bihi nabāta kulli shayin fa-akhrajnā min'hu khaḍiran nukh'riju min'hu ḥabban mutarākiban wamina l-nakhli min ṭalʿihā qin'wānun dāniyatun wajannātin min aʿnābin wal-zaytūna wal-rumāna mush'tabihan waghayra mutashābihin unẓurū ilā thamarihi idhā athmara wayanʿihi inna fī dhālikum laāyātin liqawmin yu'minūna

English And it is He who sends down rain from the sky, and We produce thereby the growth of all things. We produce from it greenery from which We produce grains arranged in layers. And from the palm trees - of its emerging fruit are clusters hanging low. And [We produce] gardens of grapevines and olives and pomegranates, similar yet varied. Look at [each of] its fruit when it yields and [at] its ripening. Indeed in that are signs for a people who believe.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. أَنزَلَanzalasends down
  4. مِنَminafrom
  5. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe sky
  6. مَآءًۭmāanwater
  7. فَأَخْرَجْنَاfa-akhrajnāthen We bring forth
  8. بِهِۦbihiwith it
  9. نَبَاتَnabātavegetation
  10. كُلِّkulli(of) every
  11. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  12. فَأَخْرَجْنَاfa-akhrajnāThen We bring forth
  13. مِنْهُmin'hufrom it
  14. خَضِرًۭاkhaḍirangreen plant
  15. نُّخْرِجُnukh'rijuWe bring forth
  16. مِنْهُmin'hufrom it
  17. حَبًّۭاḥabbangrain
  18. مُّتَرَاكِبًۭاmutarākibanthick clustered
  19. وَمِنَwaminaAnd from
  20. ٱلنَّخْلِl-nakhlithe date-palm
  21. مِنminfrom
  22. طَلْعِهَاṭalʿihāits spathe
  23. قِنْوَانٌۭqin'wānunclusters of dates
  24. دَانِيَةٌۭdāniyatunhanging low
  25. وَجَنَّـٰتٍۢwajannātinAnd gardens
  26. مِّنْminof
  27. أَعْنَابٍۢaʿnābingrapes
  28. وَٱلزَّيْتُونَwal-zaytūnaand the olives
  29. وَٱلرُّمَّانَwal-rumānaand the pomegranates
  30. مُشْتَبِهًۭاmush'tabihanresembling
  31. وَغَيْرَwaghayraand not
  32. مُتَشَـٰبِهٍ ۗmutashābihinresembling
  33. ٱنظُرُوٓا۟unẓurūLook
  34. إِلَىٰilāat
  35. ثَمَرِهِۦٓthamarihiits fruit
  36. إِذَآidhāwhen
  37. أَثْمَرَathmarait bears fruit
  38. وَيَنْعِهِۦٓ ۚwayanʿihiand its ripening
  39. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  40. فِىfīin
  41. ذَٰلِكُمْdhālikumthat
  42. لَـَٔايَـٰتٍۢlaāyātin(are) signs
  43. لِّقَوْمٍۢliqawminfor a people
  44. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūna(who) believe

Verse 100

وَجَعَلُوا۟ لِلَّهِ شُرَكَآءَ ٱلْجِنَّ وَخَلَقَهُمْ ۖ وَخَرَقُوا۟ لَهُۥ بَنِينَ وَبَنَـٰتٍۭ بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍ ۚ سُبْحَـٰنَهُۥ وَتَعَـٰلَىٰ عَمَّا يَصِفُونَ

Transliteration wajaʿalū lillahi shurakāa l-jina wakhalaqahum wakharaqū lahu banīna wabanātin bighayri ʿil'min sub'ḥānahu wataʿālā ʿammā yaṣifūna

English But they have attributed to Allāh partners - the jinn, while He has created them - and have fabricated for Him sons and daughters without knowledge. Exalted is He and high above what they describe.

  1. وَجَعَلُوا۟wajaʿalūAnd they make
  2. لِلَّهِlillahiwith Allah
  3. شُرَكَآءَshurakāapartners
  4. ٱلْجِنَّl-jinajinn
  5. وَخَلَقَهُمْ ۖwakhalaqahumthough He has created them
  6. وَخَرَقُوا۟wakharaqūand they falsely attribute
  7. لَهُۥlahuto Him
  8. بَنِينَbanīnasons
  9. وَبَنَـٰتٍۭwabanātinand daughters
  10. بِغَيْرِbighayriwithout
  11. عِلْمٍۢ ۚʿil'minknowledge
  12. سُبْحَـٰنَهُۥsub'ḥānahuGlorified is He
  13. وَتَعَـٰلَىٰwataʿālāand Exalted
  14. عَمَّاʿammāabove what
  15. يَصِفُونَyaṣifūnathey attribute

Verse 101

بَدِيعُ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ أَنَّىٰ يَكُونُ لَهُۥ وَلَدٌ وَلَمْ تَكُن لَّهُۥ صَـٰحِبَةٌ ۖ وَخَلَقَ كُلَّ شَىْءٍ ۖ وَهُوَ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ عَلِيمٌ

Transliteration badīʿu l-samāwāti wal-arḍi annā yakūnu lahu waladun walam takun lahu ṣāḥibatun wakhalaqa kulla shayin wahuwa bikulli shayin ʿalīmun

English [He is] Originator of the heavens and the earth. How could He have a son when He does not have a companion [i.e., wife] and He created all things? And He is, of all things, Knowing.

  1. بَدِيعُbadīʿuOriginator
  2. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  3. وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖwal-arḍiand the earth
  4. أَنَّىٰannāHow
  5. يَكُونُyakūnucan be
  6. لَهُۥlahufor Him
  7. وَلَدٌۭwaladuna son
  8. وَلَمْwalamwhile not
  9. تَكُنtakun(there) is
  10. لَّهُۥlahufor Him
  11. صَـٰحِبَةٌۭ ۖṣāḥibatuna companion
  12. وَخَلَقَwakhalaqaand He created
  13. كُلَّkullaevery
  14. شَىْءٍۢ ۖshayinthing
  15. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  16. بِكُلِّbikulli(is) of every
  17. شَىْءٍshayinthing
  18. عَلِيمٌۭʿalīmunAll-Knower

Verse 102

ذَٰلِكُمُ ٱللَّهُ رَبُّكُمْ ۖ لَآ إِلَـٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ۖ خَـٰلِقُ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ فَٱعْبُدُوهُ ۚ وَهُوَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ وَكِيلٌ

Transliteration dhālikumu l-lahu rabbukum lā ilāha illā huwa khāliqu kulli shayin fa-uʿ'budūhu wahuwa ʿalā kulli shayin wakīlun

English That is Allāh, your Lord; there is no deity except Him, the Creator of all things, so worship Him. And He is Disposer of all things.

  1. ذَٰلِكُمُdhālikumuThat
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(is) Allah
  3. رَبُّكُمْ ۖrabbukumyour Lord
  4. لَآlā(there is) no
  5. إِلَـٰهَilāhagod
  6. إِلَّاillāexcept
  7. هُوَ ۖhuwaHim
  8. خَـٰلِقُkhāliqu(the) Creator
  9. كُلِّkulli(of) every
  10. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  11. فَٱعْبُدُوهُ ۚfa-uʿ'budūhuso worship Him
  12. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  13. عَلَىٰʿalā(is) on
  14. كُلِّkullievery
  15. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  16. وَكِيلٌۭwakīluna Guardian

Verse 103

لَّا تُدْرِكُهُ ٱلْأَبْصَـٰرُ وَهُوَ يُدْرِكُ ٱلْأَبْصَـٰرَ ۖ وَهُوَ ٱللَّطِيفُ ٱلْخَبِيرُ

Transliteration lā tud'rikuhu l-abṣāru wahuwa yud'riku l-abṣāra wahuwa l-laṭīfu l-khabīru

English Vision perceives Him not, but He perceives [all] vision; and He is the Subtle, the Aware.

  1. لَّاlāNot (can)
  2. تُدْرِكُهُtud'rikuhugrasp Him
  3. ٱلْأَبْصَـٰرُl-abṣāruthe visions
  4. وَهُوَwahuwabut He
  5. يُدْرِكُyud'riku(can) grasp
  6. ٱلْأَبْصَـٰرَ ۖl-abṣāra(all) the vision
  7. وَهُوَwahuwaand He (is)
  8. ٱللَّطِيفُl-laṭīfuthe All-Subtle
  9. ٱلْخَبِيرُl-khabīruthe All-Aware

Verse 104

قَدْ جَآءَكُم بَصَآئِرُ مِن رَّبِّكُمْ ۖ فَمَنْ أَبْصَرَ فَلِنَفْسِهِۦ ۖ وَمَنْ عَمِىَ فَعَلَيْهَا ۚ وَمَآ أَنَا۠ عَلَيْكُم بِحَفِيظٍ

Transliteration qad jāakum baṣāiru min rabbikum faman abṣara falinafsihi waman ʿamiya faʿalayhā wamā anā ʿalaykum biḥafīẓin

English There has come to you enlightenment from your Lord. So whoever will see does so for [the benefit of] his soul, and whoever is blind [does harm] against it. And [say], "I am not a guardian over you."

  1. قَدْqadVerily
  2. جَآءَكُمjāakumhas come to you
  3. بَصَآئِرُbaṣāiruenlightenment
  4. مِنminfrom
  5. رَّبِّكُمْ ۖrabbikumyour Lord
  6. فَمَنْfamanThen whoever
  7. أَبْصَرَabṣarasees
  8. فَلِنَفْسِهِۦ ۖfalinafsihithen (it is) for his soul
  9. وَمَنْwamanand whoever
  10. عَمِىَʿamiya(is) blind
  11. فَعَلَيْهَا ۚfaʿalayhāthen (it is) against himself
  12. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  13. أَنَا۠anā(am) I
  14. عَلَيْكُمʿalaykumover you
  15. بِحَفِيظٍۢbiḥafīẓina guardian

Verse 105

وَكَذَٰلِكَ نُصَرِّفُ ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ وَلِيَقُولُوا۟ دَرَسْتَ وَلِنُبَيِّنَهُۥ لِقَوْمٍ يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration wakadhālika nuṣarrifu l-āyāti waliyaqūlū darasta walinubayyinahu liqawmin yaʿlamūna

English And thus do We diversify the verses so they [i.e., the disbelievers] will say, "You have studied," and so We may make it [i.e., the Qur’ān] clear for a people who know.

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  2. نُصَرِّفُnuṣarrifuWe explain
  3. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِl-āyātithe Signs
  4. وَلِيَقُولُوا۟waliyaqūlūthat they (may) say
  5. دَرَسْتَdarastaYou have studied
  6. وَلِنُبَيِّنَهُۥwalinubayyinahuand that We (may) make it clear
  7. لِقَوْمٍۢliqawminfor a people
  8. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnawho know

Verse 106

ٱتَّبِعْ مَآ أُوحِىَ إِلَيْكَ مِن رَّبِّكَ ۖ لَآ إِلَـٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ۖ وَأَعْرِضْ عَنِ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ

Transliteration ittabiʿ mā ūḥiya ilayka min rabbika lā ilāha illā huwa wa-aʿriḍ ʿani l-mush'rikīna

English Follow, [O Muḥammad], what has been revealed to you from your Lord - there is no deity except Him - and turn away from those who associate others with Allāh.

  1. ٱتَّبِعْittabiʿFollow
  2. مَآmāwhat
  3. أُوحِىَūḥiyahas been inspired
  4. إِلَيْكَilaykato you
  5. مِنminfrom
  6. رَّبِّكَ ۖrabbikayour Lord
  7. لَآlā(there is) no
  8. إِلَـٰهَilāhagod
  9. إِلَّاillāexcept
  10. هُوَ ۖhuwaHim
  11. وَأَعْرِضْwa-aʿriḍand turn away
  12. عَنِʿanifrom
  13. ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَl-mush'rikīnathe polytheists

Verse 107

وَلَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ مَآ أَشْرَكُوا۟ ۗ وَمَا جَعَلْنَـٰكَ عَلَيْهِمْ حَفِيظًا ۖ وَمَآ أَنتَ عَلَيْهِم بِوَكِيلٍ

Transliteration walaw shāa l-lahu mā ashrakū wamā jaʿalnāka ʿalayhim ḥafīẓan wamā anta ʿalayhim biwakīlin

English But if Allāh had willed, they would not have associated. And We have not appointed you over them as a guardian, nor are you a manager over them.

  1. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  2. شَآءَshāa(had) willed
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  4. مَآmānot (they would have)
  5. أَشْرَكُوا۟ ۗashrakūassociated partners (with Him)
  6. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  7. جَعَلْنَـٰكَjaʿalnākaWe have made you
  8. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimover them
  9. حَفِيظًۭا ۖḥafīẓana guardian
  10. وَمَآwamāand not
  11. أَنتَantayou
  12. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhim(are) over them
  13. بِوَكِيلٍۢbiwakīlina manager

Verse 108

وَلَا تَسُبُّوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ يَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ فَيَسُبُّوا۟ ٱللَّهَ عَدْوًۢا بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍ ۗ كَذَٰلِكَ زَيَّنَّا لِكُلِّ أُمَّةٍ عَمَلَهُمْ ثُمَّ إِلَىٰ رَبِّهِم مَّرْجِعُهُمْ فَيُنَبِّئُهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration walā tasubbū alladhīna yadʿūna min dūni l-lahi fayasubbū l-laha ʿadwan bighayri ʿil'min kadhālika zayyannā likulli ummatin ʿamalahum thumma ilā rabbihim marjiʿuhum fayunabbi-uhum bimā kānū yaʿmalūna

English And do not insult those they invoke other than Allāh, lest they insult Allāh in enmity without knowledge. Thus We have made pleasing to every community their deeds. Then to their Lord is their return, and He will inform them about what they used to do.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تَسُبُّوا۟tasubbūinsult
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose whom
  4. يَدْعُونَyadʿūnathey invoke
  5. مِنminfrom
  6. دُونِdūniother than
  7. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  8. فَيَسُبُّوا۟fayasubbūlest they insult
  9. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  10. عَدْوًۢاʿadwan(in) enmity
  11. بِغَيْرِbighayriwithout
  12. عِلْمٍۢ ۗʿil'minknowledge
  13. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  14. زَيَّنَّاzayyannāWe have made fair-seeming
  15. لِكُلِّlikullito every
  16. أُمَّةٍummatincommunity
  17. عَمَلَهُمْʿamalahumtheir deed
  18. ثُمَّthummaThen
  19. إِلَىٰilāto
  20. رَبِّهِمrabbihimtheir Lord
  21. مَّرْجِعُهُمْmarjiʿuhum(is) their return
  22. فَيُنَبِّئُهُمfayunabbi-uhumthen He will inform them
  23. بِمَاbimāabout what
  24. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  25. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnado

Verse 109

وَأَقْسَمُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ جَهْدَ أَيْمَـٰنِهِمْ لَئِن جَآءَتْهُمْ ءَايَةٌ لَّيُؤْمِنُنَّ بِهَا ۚ قُلْ إِنَّمَا ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتُ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ ۖ وَمَا يُشْعِرُكُمْ أَنَّهَآ إِذَا جَآءَتْ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration wa-aqsamū bil-lahi jahda aymānihim la-in jāathum āyatun layu'minunna bihā qul innamā l-āyātu ʿinda l-lahi wamā yush'ʿirukum annahā idhā jāat lā yu'minūna

English And they swear by Allāh their strongest oaths that if a sign came to them, they would surely believe in it. Say, "The signs are only with [i.e., from] Allāh." And what will make you perceive that even if it [i.e., a sign] came, they would not believe.

  1. وَأَقْسَمُوا۟wa-aqsamūAnd they swear
  2. بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiby Allah
  3. جَهْدَjahdastrongest
  4. أَيْمَـٰنِهِمْaymānihim(of) their oaths
  5. لَئِنla-inthat if
  6. جَآءَتْهُمْjāathumcame to them
  7. ءَايَةٌۭāyatuna sign
  8. لَّيُؤْمِنُنَّlayu'minunnathey would surely believe
  9. بِهَا ۚbihāin it
  10. قُلْqulSay
  11. إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  12. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتُl-āyātuthe signs
  13. عِندَʿinda(are) with
  14. ٱللَّهِ ۖl-lahiAllah
  15. وَمَاwamāAnd what
  16. يُشْعِرُكُمْyush'ʿirukumwill make you perceive
  17. أَنَّهَآannahāthat [it]
  18. إِذَاidhāwhen
  19. جَآءَتْjāatit comes
  20. لَاlānot
  21. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnathey will believe

Verse 110

وَنُقَلِّبُ أَفْـِٔدَتَهُمْ وَأَبْصَـٰرَهُمْ كَمَا لَمْ يُؤْمِنُوا۟ بِهِۦٓ أَوَّلَ مَرَّةٍ وَنَذَرُهُمْ فِى طُغْيَـٰنِهِمْ يَعْمَهُونَ

Transliteration wanuqallibu afidatahum wa-abṣārahum kamā lam yu'minū bihi awwala marratin wanadharuhum fī ṭugh'yānihim yaʿmahūna

English And We will turn away their hearts and their eyes just as they refused to believe in it [i.e., the revelation] the first time. And We will leave them in their transgression, wandering blindly.

  1. وَنُقَلِّبُwanuqallibuAnd We will turn
  2. أَفْـِٔدَتَهُمْafidatahumtheir hearts
  3. وَأَبْصَـٰرَهُمْwa-abṣārahumand their sights
  4. كَمَاkamā(just) as
  5. لَمْlamnot
  6. يُؤْمِنُوا۟yu'minūthey believe
  7. بِهِۦٓbihiin it
  8. أَوَّلَawwala(the) first
  9. مَرَّةٍۢmarratintime
  10. وَنَذَرُهُمْwanadharuhumAnd We will leave them
  11. فِىfīin
  12. طُغْيَـٰنِهِمْṭugh'yānihimtheir transgression
  13. يَعْمَهُونَyaʿmahūnawandering blindly

Learn it in MyDugsi

Juz boundaries and word by word: Quran.com. English translation: Saheeh International. Recitation: Mishary Alafasy, from EveryAyah.com. MyDugsi is a learning aid, not a replacement for a qualified teacher.